SONY DCR-VX2000 Service Manual Level 2
-
Upload
bruno-besse -
Category
Documents
-
view
488 -
download
9
Transcript of SONY DCR-VX2000 Service Manual Level 2
SERVICE MANUALSERVICE MANUAL
DIGITAL VIDEO CAMERA RECORDER
C MECHANISM
SPECIFICATIONS
DCR-VX2000 : NTSC modelDCR-VX2000E : PAL model
For MECHANISM ADJUSTMENTS, refer to the“DV MECHANICAL ADJUSTMENT MANUAL C MECHANISM ” (9-974-050-11).
— Continued on next page —
Level 2
On the VC-242 boardThis service manual provides the information that is premised thecircuit board replacement service and not intended repair inside theVC-242 board.Therefore, schematic diagram, printed wiring board and electrical partslist of the VC-242 board are not shown.The following pages are not shown.
Schematic diagram .......................... Pages 4-13 to 4-50Printed wiring board ......................... Pages 4-51 to 4-54Electrical parts list ............................ Pages 6-27 to 6-36
DCR-VX2000/VX2000ERMT-811
US ModelCanadian Model
Korea ModelDCR-VX2000
AEP ModelUK Model
Australian ModelChinese Model
DCR-VX2000E
E ModelHong Kong Model
Tourist ModelDCR-VX2000/VX2000E
Photo : DCR-VX2000
Ver 1.0 2000. 04
DCR-VX2000/VX2000ESECTION 3
BLOCK DIAGRAMS
3-1. OVERALL BLOCK DIAGRAM (1/4)
3-1 3-2
( ) : Page No. shown in ( ) indicates the page to refer on the schematic diagram.
X70127MHz
IRIS
LENS BLOCK
M
ZOOM RESET SENSOR
H
RING
IC1018G-CH CCD
31
32
31
32
CD-254 BOARD
20
17
MI-038BOARD(1/2)
5
3MIC L
IC141
HALL AMP
IRIS DRIVE
DRIVE-
HALL-
ZM RST SENS
CAM SO,SI,SCK
D0-09
16
1
CN703
ZOOM
IMAGER
40
7
3 1
IC103
IC1023 1R-CH CCD 8
IMAGER
IC104
IC105
IMAGER13
8B-CH CCD
IC100
11,14-16 1-4
CN100
43
40
35
1-411,14-16
11,14-16 1-4
44
47
V1,V2A,V2B,V3
H1,H2,RG,SUB
V1,V2A,V2B,V3
32
29H1,H2,RG,SUB
19
25
28
V1,V2A,V2B,V3
H1,H2,RG,SUB
3
6
18
13
9
19
25
3
40
28
6
9
47
32
13
43
35
44
29
18
29
28
34
35
42 1 3
G
R5
9B
2526 19 3837 44
IC704S/H,AGC
48
IC706
38
17
47
21
1
19
A/DCONVERTER
36
26
11
14
G
D0-09
R
D0-09
B
2
11
79
83
90
99
AGC CONT 1,2R,B GAINR,G,B OFFSET
29
10
47
17
TIMING
IC705
2111 4814
XSHDXSHPXRS
PBLKCLPDM
CLP OB
45
46
39
385
9
GENERATOR
V DRIVECCD
IC701,702
H1,H2,RG
SUB
V1,V2A,V2B,V3
G CCD OUT
R CCD OUT
B CCD OUT
CAMERA(U-CORE)
IC771
SIGNALPROCESS
38
45
36
29
51
50
49
Y0-Y7
C0-C7
77
47
70
71
62
64
63
60
61
59
14
66
15
58
57
22
MZOOMMOTOR
2
4
1
6
36
34
39
FOCUSMOTOR M
38
FOCUS RESET SENSOR 25
29
28
27ND FILTER SW
METERIRIS
8
5
10
7
54
41
61
65
67
63
59FC RST SENS
55
57
53ND A,B,C
64
68
66
IC140
ZOOM MOTORDRIVE
DRIVEFOCUS MOTOR
ZOOM A,B
FOCUS A,B
ACTIVE PRISMACTUATOR DRIVE
IC070,071 073-076
CN050
21
20P
14Y 15
12
22
23
25
20
3
5
VAP LOCK
RING9
FOCUS 8
ACTIVE PRISMACTUATOR
PRISMDICHROIC
P DRIV A,B56
Y DRIV A,B58
P OUT44
Y OUT46
VAP LOCK DRIVE
IC072VAP LOCK +,-36
38VP LOCK SENS
MZ F0,F1
DETECTOR
IC1441,2 8,13
48
50
8,13 49
IC143DETECTOR
47
1,2
MF F0,F1
CN052
2
IC200PITCH/YAW
8
PSD OUT45
SENSOR AMP
43YSD OUT
12 18CN051
12
10
CN050
5
3
CN600
PITCHSENSOR
SE601,602
SE600,603
YAWSENSOR
SE-108BOARD LA-026 BOARD(1/4)
64
58
62
45
35
44
65
53
63
46
49
68
48
57
56
55
42
60
43
47
66
50
54
67
37
IRIS PWM
HALL AD
EN1DIR 1A,1B
EN0DIR 0A,0B
P PWM
Y PWM
VP LOCK DR
MZ A,B
MF A,B
PS OUT
YS OUT
CN023
43
66
19
20
17
82
18
45
44
61
60
7
10
25
24
23
22
59
58
62
50
48
35
33
IC802CAMERACONTROL
SPCK
EN1DIR 1A,1B
EN0DIR 0A,0B
ZM RST SENS
FC RST SENS
HD,VD
HD,VD,OE
HI SO,SI,SCK
24 3
EEPROM
IC801
16
17
IC803EVR
HI SO,SI,SCK
(IC705)SPCK
ZOOM VR AD
TOOVERALLBLOCKDIAGRAM(2/4)
VC-242 BOARD(1/4)
2
3
CN700
3
2
CN701
MIC R
Q706
Q707
10
12
CN1100
10
17
FP-198(FLEXIBLE)
CN1101
1
3
AMPMIC
IC1150
35
33
14
22
36
48
L
R
L
R
1
CN1103
2
CN1102
11
MA-386 BOARD(1/2)
27
26
CN500 CN501
36
35
FK-076BOARD(1/2)
26
LA-026BOARD(2/4)
2
CN053
1
27
CN051
INTELLIGENTACCESSORYSHOE(2/2)
SHOE MIC L
L(CH1)
R(CH2)
TOOVERALLBLOCKDIAGRAM(2/4)(VC-242)
ZOOM VR AD
CN025
(4-9)
LINE
(4-9)
(4-9)
(4-9)
(4-9)
(4-9)
(4-70)
(4-70)
(4-71,72)
(4-72)
(4-70)
(4-70)
(4-72)
(4-13)
(4-14)
(4-35)(4-36)
(4-13) (4-14) (4-16)
(4-35)
(4-101)
L
R
(SEE PAGE 4-69)
(SEE PAGE 3-3)
(SEE PAGE 3-3)
DCR-VX2000/VX2000E
3-2. OVERALL BLOCK DIAGRAM (2/4)
3-3 3-4
( ) : Page No. shown in ( ) indicates the page to refer on the schematic diagram.
X130113.5MHz
X30124.576MHz
YC
GG
X14017.375MHz
X141120MHz
14
15
20
28
30
TOOVERALLBLOCKDIAGRAM(4/4)
HI SO,SI,SCK
OSD CS,SO,SCK
PANEL R,G,B,EVF R,G,B,HD,VD
LANC SIG
C0-C7
46
38
|
SPCK(IC705)
20
19
CHARACTERGENERATOR
IC302
2
HD,VD
EVF B
EVF R
EVF G
9
IC301(CAIN)
17
18
14
16
190
183
184
194
191
195COL0 |
COL3
HDVD
AFCK(IC903)
106
105•
•
•
•
•
•
•
••
Y0-Y7
C0-C3
C4-C7
Y0-Y7
77
|
70
64
|
68
96
87
|
83
86
|
|
106
97
|
111
129
JID0-JID7
HD,VD OE
HD,VD,OE
TRCK
IC361
MC BUSDV INTERFACE
L BUS
(LIP)
TPA+,-TPB+,-
OSD CSOSD SOOSD SCK
REC CK
REC DT
6
MC BUS
TOOVERALLBLOCK DIAGRAM(3/4)
DV
CN300
C
Y
J301
IC1401
54-52
DIGITALSTILLCONTROL
112
10988
79
77
21
19
5-15 55-75
IC14062
4EEPROM
IC1412SHUTTERSOUND
1
2
6
4DI,CI
SPCK1(IC705)
16Mbit DRAM
20-31
IC1408
JPEG
34
41
2,9-1658-64
IC1409
27
181-1338-48
SYSCLK
JID0-JID7
HI SO,SI SCK
MEMORYSTICKI/F
IC1410
28
SYSCLK(IC1401)
|
1
10
•
|
38
36
|
48
40
13
17
|
15
A0-A10
D0-D15
IC1411XTAL OSC
2
4SCK
31
33
CN023
MEMORYSTICKSLOT
16
(4-23)
(4-26)
(SEE PAGE 3-5)
(4-17)(4-19)
(4-20)
(4-21)
(4-19)
(4-22)
(4-22)
(4-25)
SP+,-
ZOOM VR AD
DV SIGNALPROCESS
30
CN301
LCK
PANEL R
PANEL B
PANEL G
51
50TXDRXD
11
4
5 7
31
199
203
215
207
213
211
201
205
200
206204
216
208
214
212
202
AD DT
6
PB CK
ATF ERR
FRRV,TRRV,TRRT
FRRV,TRRV,TRRT
VSP SO,SI,SCK
SFD BCK
DATA FROM SFD
DATA TO SFD
22
17
Y
C
6
2
6
2
CN006
JK-190BOARD(2/2)
30
33
31
CN051
20
CN056
17
18
8
4
25
CN775
8
6
CN776
LA-026BOARD(3/4)
MS-049BOARD
VJ300
910
J303
J302
35
37
26
28
L12
9R
J300
1
2
L(CH1)
R(CH2)
TOOVERALL
BLOCKDIAGRAM
(1/4)(LA-026)
CN023
2
6
1
7
IC1007VCA
3 1
75
IC1008
58
60
4
49
46
53
51L
R
Q1008,1004L
R55
54
CN006
HP R64
2
HP L
8
10
19
17R
L
L
23R
25
2
3
16
15
(XYZ)
IC1001AUDIO
I/O
IC1002(ADC&DAC)D/A CONV.A/D CONV.
9
12
8
DATA FROM SFD
SFD BCK
DATA TO SFD
EVR
IC1005 14
13
RS232CIF
IC1404
14 7
12 9RXD
TXD
232C ON
Q111
LANC GND/232C TD
LANC SIG/232C RD
ZOOM VR AD
17
28
9
12
20
35
22
26
37
CN301
JK-190BOARD(1/2)
TOOVERALLBLOCKDIAGRAM(1/4)
HI SO,SI,SCK
HD,VD,OE
CO-C7
YO-Y7
SPCK
VC-242 BOARD(2/4)
34
Y
39
36
IC1301
C
(TAKO)
42ACCAGC
LINE INLINE OUT
18
14
22
48
26TAKO CK
Y
7
46C
C
V
Y
(ALIGN)
66
CONVERTER
6
2
68
A/D
IC903
63
25
Y0-Y7
C0-C7
36
38
37
34
6
13 15
8
61
63
62
79
78
80
47
49
6
9
37
29
45
42
51
141
138
139
152
153
156
133
132
97
99
127
79
81
73
75
67
65
63
71
55
59
17
23
21
18
24
22
48
196
8
7 SYS CLK(IC1401)
|
21
12
142
|
145
88
|
83
179
|
170
161
159
|
4 1
144143140 132
•142
141
D0-D15
A0-A8
31
|
20
42
52
59
49
38
1
13
48
IC140316Mbit DRAM
82
Y0-Y7 |
51
60
37SPCK
49
48
47
HD,VD,DE
(4-17)
(HONEY)
IC1407
STILLDIGITAL
AFCK
HD,VD,DE
VSP SO,SCK
KASHAON
SP+,-
31
VSP SO,SCK
VSP SO, SCK
SPCK
PROCESS
S VIDEO
VIDEO
LANC
AUDIO
L
R
(4-30) (4-32)
(4-19)
(4-46)(4-46)
(4-48) (4-48)
(4-48)
(4-17)
IN/OUT
(SEE PAGE 3-2)
(SEE PAGE 3-8)
(SEE PAGE 3-2)
DCR-VX2000/VX2000E
3-3. OVERALL BLOCK DIAGRAM (3/4)
3-5 3-6
( ) : Page No. shown in ( ) indicates the page to refer on the schematic diagram.
X50120MHz
16
MODE SW A - MODE SW D
|
CONTROL
SREEL FG
CAP ON,CAP FWD
DRUM PWM
FRRVTRRTTRRV
TAPE LED ON
50
CAP PWM
|
LOAD,UNLOAD
DRUM PG
78
49
DEW DET
83
81
82
CAP FG
DRUM ON,DRUM FWD,DRUM START
TAPE END
TAPE TOP
39
DRUM FG
REC PROOF SW
TREEL FG
80
MECHA
42
37
26
|
|
106
108
76
74
|
EEPROM
2-4
VSP SO,SI,SCK
FRRV TRRT,TRRV
MC BUS
HI SO,SI,SCK
CHIME SDA,CHIME SCK,CHIME VDD
XCC DOWN
52
(2/2)
54
LPF
CN021 CN450
45
47
46
48
56
53
CAP ERROR
DRUM ERROR
18
22
IC300(2/2)
PWM
61
58
SWITCHING
SWITCHING
Q310
Q311
8
1
59
SENSOR
MOTOR
45,46
36
C MECHA DECK
DRUM FG AMP
S903
10
|
LOADING
20,22,24
37
DRIVE
35
MOTOR
C INS901
CN022
D901
6
28,30
4
42,43
CONNECTOR
40
TAPE TOP SENSOR
Q901
11
DRUM FG
CAPSTAN
2,3
MODE
12
61
SENSOR
3
S REEL
SWITCH
XCC DOWN7
MOTOR
CN024
9
TAPE END DETECT34
4PIN
48
64
T REEL
|
TAPE TOP DETECT
19
LOADING MOTOR
TAPE LED
M
REEL FG AMP
M903
REC PROOF
16
5
26,25
SENSOR
DRUM
(1/2)
TAPE END SENSOR
|
17
1
23
CAPSTAN
DRUM PG
11
|
32
10
M
14
DRUM PG AMP
1
CAP VS
DEW
20
7
DRUM VS
FG
M902
21,23,19
11
DRUM
S902
(RABI)
16,6,3
Q902
CN901
|
14,15
M901
21
25
TOOVERALLBLOCK DIAGRAM(4/4)
SWP
3 2
SWP
CN007FOR ADJUSTMENTS
AD DT
6
PB Y OUT
1
EQ
(TRF)20
PB CK
6
REC/PB 7
2
SWP
15
(TRW)
6
CN101
EVEN 8
ODD
9
5
22 24
DRP SO,XDRP SCK
REC CK
REC DT
PB CKTOOVERALLBLOCK DIAGRAM(2/4)
VC-242 BOARD(3/4)
46
45
63
47
48
FG AMP
(SEE PAGE 3-4)
(SEE PAGE 3-8)
(4-38)
(4-37)
(4-27)
(4-28)
(4-39)(4-105)
(4-40)
(4-39)
95
60
115
69
68
116
117
114
113
54
53
96
55
44
1
2
ATF ERR
13
34 31
42
IC101
IC10240
42
27
REC CK
REC DT
RF MON
AD DT
6
18.22
IC402
IC401
MOTORDRIVE
MOTORDRIVE
CAPSTAN
DRIVE
CN450IC401(RABI)
LPF
DD-138 BOARD(1/2)
CN021
24
|
27
11
14|
M
CN020
IC502
IC501
A/D CONV.PLL
AMP
CAPSTAN
DRUM
(SEE PAGE 4-39)
39
37
40
38
24
DCR-VX2000/VX2000E
3-4. OVERALL BLOCK DIAGRAM (4/4)
3-7 3-8
( ) : Page No. shown in ( ) indicates the page to refer on the schematic diagram.
S
Q301
20MHzX1101
32.768KHzX1102
S256
BT250
Q339
Q2182
2
3
1
D 3.1V
D 1.9V
D 1.5V
PANEL 13.5V
A 2.8V
AU 2.8V
MT 5.2V
CAM 12V
PANEL 4.6V
IC1103LANC I/O
1110
12
I/F
66
VDD SWITCH
IC11027
3
5
6
RESET
80
100
31
17
42
51
77
38
XPHOTO STBY SW
XEJECT SW
LID OPEN
XCAM+STBY SW
HOT SHOE ID1
VDD
XRESET
BATT/EXT SW
IC1104HI CONTROL
36
59
41
40
52
53
18
29
50
MELODY
SIRCS ENV
XCC DOWN
VTR DD ON
SHOE ON
MOD
Q1102,1105
IC1803TIMINGGENERATOR
FP-197(FLEXIBLE)
EXPOSURE/SW
CK-093 BOARD(1/2)
CN255
CN250
RESET
LITHIUMBATTERY
CONTROLSWITCH BLOCK(CF4980)
3
5
4
10
6
8
9
5
25
6
23
33
43
D 2.8V
PANEL 2.8V
EVF 13.5V
RP 4.6V
A 4.6V
AU 4.6V
CN301
KEY AD7
98 KEY AD5
70 HOT SHOE ID2
87
XVTR MODE SW14
15
20
97
98
DIAL A
DIAL B
44
45
46
5
6
71
73
1
2
LANC IN
LANC OUT
28
81
FAST CHARGE
CAM DD ON
22
XCC DOWN
CHIME SDACHIME SCKCHIME VDD
HI SO,SI,SCK
TOOVERALLBLOCKDIAGRAM(3/4)
CHIME AD0
CHIME SDA
CHIME SCL
CHIME AD2
HI SO,SCK
CK-093BOARD(2/2)
CN008
Q1104
LI 3V
KEY AD7
PANEL R,G,B
12
3
CN252
HL-011 BOARD
2
1 SP901SPEAKER
XHD
XVD
SP+,-
LCDDRIVE
IC1701
7
8
COM1-4SEG1-16 LCD
INDICATOR
CN1703
48
47
46
22
20
24
IC2101RGBDRIVE
27
39
40
45
46
42
IC2103
1
48
2 4 9
TIMINGGENERATOR
VR,VG,VB
PSIG
CN2100PWMHD OUT
BL ON
PANEL 4.6V
4
5
3
6
22
19
15
7
LCDUNIT
CN2104
P UNREG
INVERTERBLOCK
BACKLIGHTDRIVE
ND901BACKLIGHT
LCDUNIT3
4
2
1
LB-065 BOARD
4
1
3
2
25
INVERTER
BACK LIGHT DRIVE
ND200BACKLIGHT
R,G,B
COM
Q200
IC200 CN201
EVF BL 4.6V
21
20
CN200
27
7
3
8
26
24
25
CN00215
12
17
20
CN007FORADJUSTMENTS
8
CN750
7
FT-090BOARD
1
24
22
20
47
48
46
1240
39
IC1802RGBDRIVE
91
48
1
45
46
42
VCO
XHD
EVF BL-
EVF BL+
EVF R,G,B
HI SO,SCK
XHD
XVD
TOOVERALLBLOCKDIAGRAM(2/4)
LANCSIG
PANEL R,G,BEVF R,G,B
XHD,XVD,SP+,SP-
OSD,CS,SO,SCK
HI,SO,SI,SCK
XCS OSD
OSD SO
XOSD SCK
16
BATT SIG
BATT SIG
BATT/EXT SW
FAST CHARGE
BATT UNREG
VTR UNREG
PWM
(4-105)
(4-34)
(4-34)
(4-94)
(4-65)
(4-65)
(4-98)
5
4
6
CN1701
2
1
13
10
8
5
1VOLUME SW
LCD BRIGHT SW
30
11 2
21
2
5
4
1
23
24
10
12COM
PD-126 BOARDHSY
PSIG
COM
VG
CN2105FORADJUSTMENTS
5
14
5
1414
23
3
5
4
8
3
12
10
2
1
13
CN251
CN1702
OSD SO,SCK
20
16
18
31
29
37
35
9
11
CN253
41
43
CN250
43
35
11
41
22
29
31
18
20
9
16
37
CN008
24
14
14
13
18VB
VG
VR
IC300DC/DC
CONVERTER
EVF BL 4.6V
EVF 2.8V
TRF 2.8V
MS 3.1V
CAM -7V
R391,392
45
42
49
52
50
31
29
37
35
CAM DD ON
VTR DD ON
BATTERYJ901
CN300
1
3
4TERMINAL
DC INJ902
4
1
2
ED-4980BOARD
(FLEXIBLE)FP-196
EXPOSUREDIAL
2
4
PANEL OPEN/CLOSE SW
PANELREVERSE SW
2MENU
(FLEXIBLE)FP-194
CN256
CN254
42
40
36
34
38
32
46
MEMORY FUNCTION SW
S252,254,257,259,262
DISPLAY SWSELF TIMER SWDATA CODE SW
S251,253,261
S250,255,258,260,263
DIGITAL EFECT SW,ZEBRA SW,TITLE SW,
MEMORY MIX SWPICTURE EFECT SW,
7
12
13
PHOTO SW
ZOOM VRZOOM VR AD
XPHOTO FREEZE
XPHOTO REC
START/STOP SWXS/S SW
PHOTO STBY SWPOWER SW
XCAM+STBY SWXVTR MODE SW
EJECT SWXEJECT SW
(LOW ANGLE)START/STOP SW
LID OPENLID OPEN SW
38
32
42
34
46
40
36
VC-242 BOARD(4/4)
CN054(FLEXIBLE)FP-189
5
2
3FADER SW
BACK LIGHT SWSTOP LIGHT SW
FP-188
INDEX SW
1
6
CN055
FOCUS SW
(FLEXIBLE)
3
CN056
MK-014BOARD
REC LEVEL GAIN SWAUTO WHITE BALANCE SW
PROGRAM AE SWSHUTTER SW
S001-005
AUTO LOCK SW
REMOTO
IC750
COMMANDER
(FRONT)RECEIVER
D751(IR EMITTER)
7
8
CN702
13
CN703
14
DRIVELED
Q700,702,704
MI-038BOARD(2/2)
1
2
CN1100
KP-010BOARD 2
SEL/PUSH
DIAL
1
EXEC 6S550
20
24
21
S1101
CUSTUMPRESET SW
1REMOTE
(REAR)
COMMANDERRECEIVER
IC1102
6ACCESSORY
SHOE
5
7
CN102
(2/2)
INTELLIGENT
CN1103
10
8
22
MA-386BOARD(2/2)
4
18
7
20
6
8
CN500
S500-511
VTRFUNCTION SW
17
13
16
CN501
27
29
15
6
7
SIRCS SIG
SIRCS PWM
LANC SIG
FK-076BOARD(2/2)
CN053
4
18
7
20
6
8
CN550
1
6
2
CN056
19
7
22
20
22
9
25
28
27
24
29KEY AD2
KEY AD3
DIAL A,B
EXCUTE(DIAL)
LA-026 BOARD(4/4)
27
26
8
21
28
20
19
24
30
23
10
CN023
CN004
8
7
HI SI
HI SO
HI SCK 35
34
33
DIAL C
83 DIAL D
82
97 KEY AD4
99 KEY AD6
19 XPHOTO FREEZE
KEY AD892
16 XS/S SW
KEY AD3
95 KEY AD2
96
4 XSIRCS IN
KEY AD0
94 KEY AD1
93
48
IB SO49
IB SI
20MHz OUT
20MHz IN
32KHz OUT
32KHz IN
BATT UNREG
VTR UNREG
HI XRESET
KEY AD6
41
36
24
50
34
51
49
5
32
26
30
6
46
44
38
CN021 CN450
SHOE ON
P UNREG
VTR UNREG
BATT UNREG
SHOE UNREG
LANC SIG
ZOOM VR AD
KEY AD4
KEY AD5
DIAL C,D
CN009
CN051
DD-138BOARD(2/2)
10
CN001
(4-43)
(4-89)
(4-102)
(4-43)
(4-44)
(SEE PAGE 4-86)
(SEE PAGE 3-3)
(SEE PAGE 3-5)
DCR-VX2000/VX2000E
3-5. POWER BLOCK DIAGRAM (1/3)
3-9 3-10
( ) : Page No. shown in ( ) indicates the page to refer on the schematic diagram.
D305
D307
D306
Q305
L303
L304
L305 L312
L314
L315
L302
L310
L311
L313
L300
L301
F302
F305
F304
F300
F303
L316
L309
Q312
Q313
Q314
Q311
Q309
Q310
L307
F301
L306
L308
L317
L318
L319
BATT/XEXT
30
12
64
VCC(0)5678
43
51
56
50
13
29
DC/DC CONVERTER
33
27
55
28
46
57
49
60
8
7
3
34
4
1
5
7
8
3
2
35
4
1
6
7
2
3
37
44
48
47
18
61
58
59
22
62
EMERGENCYDETECT
SWITCHING
T300
D308
RECT
RECT
RECT
Q306, 307
VCC(0)1234
VCC
VSS(0)1234
VSS(0)567
VDD(0)123
VDD(0)567
+IN8
-IN8
OUT8
VREF
VB
RT
CT
CTL1-6,8
CTL7
+IN5
+IN6
OUT2-1
OUT2-2
OUT7-1
OUT7-2
OUT4
OUT1-1
OUT1-2
OUT6-1
OUT6-2
OUT5-1
OUT5-2
-IN2
-IN7
-IN4
-IN1
SWITCHING
Q321SWITCHING
SWITCHINGQ322
Q323SWITCHING
SWITCHINGQ308
Q318SWITCHING
SWITCHINGQ319
SWITCHINGQ320
T301 D311RECT
D 3.1V
D 1.9V
A 2.8V
AU 2.8V
D 2.8V
A 4.6V
RP 4.6V
AU 4.6V
CAP VS
DRUM VS
CAP ERROR
1
4
3
1
2
3
Q300, 301
CHARGESWITCH
BATT UNREG
ACV UNREG
Q302-304
-IN3
OUT3-1 53
OUT3-2
40
54
8
S BATT SIG
VTR DD ON
5.2V REG
EMERGENCYDETECT
Q325
-7V REG
Q333-335,338
DC IN
Q329, 339
Q315-317,324
DD-138 BOARD
CN300
CN301
RECTD313
J901BATTERYTERMINAL
J902
DRUM ERROR
COMP 11
VREF
SWITCHING
SWITCHING
SWITCHING
SWITCHING
SWITCHING
BAT
T FE
T O
N
SH
OE
ON
INIT
CH
AR
GE
ON
D312RECT
AU 4.6V
A 4.6V
P UNREG
PANEL 2.8V
PANEL 2.8V
EVF 2.8V
AU 2.8V
A 2.8V
D 1.9V
MS 3.1V
RP 4.6V
BATT SIGSHOE UNREG
BATT UNREG
TOPOWERBLOCKDIAGRAM(2/3)(VC-242)
EVF 13.5V
CAM -7V
PANEL 4.6V
(4-61)
(4-105)
MT 5.2V
1.5V REG
AMP
Q340,341
ERR AMPIC301
EVF BL 4.6V
33
43
27
31
29
42
45
49
54
56
52
50
37
35
19
20
17
6
5
30
51
53
47
28
32
34
41
39
22
55
48
40
46
38
14
13
15
INIT CHARGE ON
SHOE ON
BATT/XEXT SW
VTR DD ON
CAM DD ON
FAST CHARGE
BATT UNREG
MT 5.2V
VTR UNREG
SHOE UNREG
PANEL 13.5V
PANEL 4.6V
D 2.8V
D 3.1V
CAP VS
CAP ERROR
DRUM VS
DRUM ERROR
CAM 12V
CAM -7V
MS 3.1V
24 D 1.5V
26
D 1.5V
2DCPACK SW
CH
AR
GE
INH
IC300
(4-107)IC301
5 13.5V REG
12V REG
Q327,331,332,337
Q344,348,349,351
PANEL 13.5V
CAM 12V
21
36
23
25
R391,392
18TRF 2.8V
TRF 2.8V
44CHARGE INH
EVF 2.8V
EVF 13.5V
EVF BL-
EVF BL+
CN450
16
(SEE PAGE 3-11)
DCR-VX2000/VX2000E
3-6. POWER BLOCK DIAGRAM (2/3) ( ) : Page No. shown in ( ) indicates the page to refer on the schematic diagram.
3-11 3-12
D1103
D1102
D1104
L801
S256
BT250
FB1801
FB501
FB1407
FB1403
Q1404,1405
FB101
Q1109,1108
Q402
R424
L902FB901
L1073
L1001
FB1301
FB1002
L1301,1304
L802
R1455FB1401
L1801
L1803
FB771 FB772 L701 FB707
FB706
L702
FB1402 FB1406 FB1405
FB1404
L103
L102
L101
L402
R024
L401
L106
L104
L105
L100
L101
L107
Q701,702
FB704
L1002
L710
CAP_VS
15
IB SI
BATTER INDETECT
14
XLANC ON
RESET
48
BATT IN
EEPROM
REG
VDD
Q1106
12
XRESET
81
BTT LI 3V
BATT/XEXT
ACV SENS
(TAKO)
CHARACTER
3
I/F
FAST CHARGE
VIDEO
Q1104
CAM DD ON
VTR UNREG
DV
IC1102
VTR DD ON
LANC I/O
INIT CHARGE ON
(ALIGN)
61
HI CONTROL
ADC&DAC
XREELHALL ON
IC1104
38
Q1011
105
IC1103
50
AUDIO
91
A/D CONV.
(LIP)
VCC
A 2.8V
66
BATT SIG
REG
90
(CAIN)
LANC DC
49
POWER
28
AUDIO I/O
8
UNREG
29
XPHOTO STBY SW
BATT SENS
2
MECHA
4
25
XCAM+STBY SW
REG
14
20
SHOE ON
XVTR MODE SW
AU 2.8V
1
DV
IB SO
EVER 3.0V
MT 5.2V
RP 4.6V
A 4.6V
D 3.1V
D 1.9V
D 2.8V
EVR CAMERA EEPROM
(U-CORE)S/HAGC
A/D
IC200INVERTER
TOPOWERBLOCKDIAGRAM(1/3)(DD-138)
VC-242 BOARD
7CHIME PWR CONT
RESET
CONTROLSWITCHBLOCK(CF-4980)
LITHIUM BATTERY
T REEL,
15
13
4PIN7
EQ,REC/PB
C MECHA DECK
SENSOR VCC
(TRW) (TRF)
CHIME VDD
IC101CCD IMAGER
(G-CH)
CCDV DRIVE
IC701
IC10339
48
38
12
24
14
34
12
34
24
14
38
48
39
CN025
16
(4-46)
(4-43)
(4-46)
(4-44)
43
34
44
28
32
41
46
50
53
55
49
51
36
38
5
6
18
19
20
29
52
54
48
27
31
33
23
25
40
42
21
56
47
37
45
39
16
14
SHOE ON
BATT SIG
INIT CHARGE ON
VTR DD ON
CAM DD ON
FAST CHARGE
BATT XEXT SW
BATT UNREG
MT 5.2V
VTR UNREG
SHOE UNREG
P UNREG
PANEL 2.8V
PANEL 13.5V
PANEL 4.6V
AU 4.6V
D 1.9V
A 2.8V
AU 2.8V
D 2.8V
D 1.5V
D 3.1V
A 4.6V
RP 4.6V
CAP VS
CAP ERROR
DRUM VS
DRUM ERROR
CAM 12V
CAM -7V
MS 3.1V
3
7
5
4
8
6
IC1403IC1404 IC1409 IC1408 IC1406 IC1401 IC1412
RS232C 16M SHUTTERDIGITALJPEG EEPROM16M DRAM 118 MEMORY
IC1411IC1410
IC102 IC101
IC803 IC802 IC801 IC771 IC704 IC706
(4-35) (4-35)
(4-16) (4-13) (4-14)
IC1301IC903 IC301 IC361 IC302
IC1001 IC1002
(4-32) (4-30)
(4-43)(4-46)
(XYZ)
IC1101
LANC DC
SHOE UNREG
2
9
11
CN006
7
8
42 5186 87
GENERATERINTERFACESIGNALPROCESS
LINE IN/OUTAMP
D 2.8V
(4-38) (4-37)
IC501IC502CONTROL
4
44
46
14
32
2
CN009
6
10
8
CN008
4
10
46
8
2
14
6
44
32
CN250
BACKLIGHTDRIVE
SOUND
CONTROLCONV.
CAMERASIGNAL
PROCESS
STICK I/FSTILLCONTROL
DRAMI/F
MS VCC ON
AMP A/D CONV.PLL
D 1.9V
RP 4.6V
CAP FG AMP
18CAPSTAN MOTOR
DRIVE,
IC402EVF 13.5V
CN301
ZOOM VRD 2.8V
3
PANEL 13.5V
PANEL 2.8V
PANEL 4.6V
P UNREG
EVER 3.0V
5
6
6
7
7
CN252
TOPOWER BLOCKDIAGRAM(3/3)(PD-126)
CK-093 BOARDD 2.8V EXPOSURE
IRIS DIAL
CONTROL SWITCHBLOCK(ED-4980)
CONNECTOR
S REELSENSOR
TAPE LED
DRUM FG,PG AMPMOTOR DRIVE
IC401
52
54
11REEL FG AMP
LOADING
DRUM,CAP ERROR AMPTAPE TOP,END DET
(RABI)
DRUM
MOTOR DRIVE
DRUM ERROR
CAP ERROR
DRUM VS
CN022
TAPE LED A
D 2.8V
MT 5.2V
VTR UNREG
CH
IME
PW
R C
ON
T
XR
EEL
HA
LL O
N
D 2.8V
MS 3.1V
(4-23) (4-26) (4-25)
(4-19) (4-17) (4-21)(4-17) (4-20)
(4-27)(4-28)
(4-19)
(4-19)(4-22)
(4-40)
(4-39)
CN021
30
CHARGE INH
17TRF 2.8V
EVF BL+
EVF BL-
26
24
35
13
22EVF 2.8V
EVF 13.5V
20
17
CN007FOR
ADJUSTMENTS
IC1007IC1008
VCA,AMP
EVR
IC1005
AU 4.6V
(4-36)
TIMINGGENERATOR
IC1803IC1802 RGB
DRIVE
IC1407(HONEY)DIGITALSTILL
PROCESS
47CHARGE INH
32 32
JK-190 BOARDJ303
LANCDIGITAL I/O
8
9
CN002
20
17
21
LB-065 BOARD
CN200 CN201
16
LCDUNIT
22
13
25
2
1
6
15
16
12
14
36
70
72
73
75
78
80
TOPOWER BLOCKDIAGRAM(3/3)(LA-026)
TOPOWER BLOCKDIAGRAM(3/3)(FK-076)
CN004
CN251
CAPSTAN MOTOR
15
26
27
CN024
HE VCC
MR VCC
HE VCC
MR VCC
CN023
LANC DC
2323
CD-254 BOARD
IC104
IC105AMP(B-CH)
AMP(R-CH)
AMP(G-CH)
CCD IMAGER (R-CH)
IC102
CCD IMAGER (B-CH)
IC100
CN100
88
IC702IC705 TIMING
GENERATOR
CAM DD ON
CAM 12V
CAM -7V
EVF VCC
EVF 13.5V
EVF BL 4.6V
EVF VCC
EVF BL 4.6V
SHOE UNREG
D 2.8V
AU 2.8V
AU 4.6V
VTR UNREG
VCC
D 2.8V
MT 5.2V
D 3.1V
A 4.6V
A 4.6V
D 2.8V
CN255
(4-48) (4-48)
(4-34)
(4-34)(4-17)
(4-94)
POWER
VTR
OFF
CAMERA
PHOTO
(4-9)
(4-9)
(4-9)
(4-9)
(4-9)
(4-9)
(4-13)(4-14)
(SEE PAGE 3-10)
(SEE PAGE 4-39)
(SEE PAGE 3-13)
(SEE PAGE 3-13)
(SEE PAGE 3-13)
(SEE PAGE 4-62)
(SEE PAGE 4-86)
DCR-VX2000/VX2000E
3-7. POWER BLOCK DIAGRAM (3/3) ( ) : Page No. shown in ( ) indicates the page to refer on the schematic diagram.
3-13 3-14E
L2103
L2101
FB140
Q2102,2104
L2102
Q2181,2182L2182
L2181
L1150
R1121R1125
R751
F750
R750
L142R186R178
Q200,201
L140 L070
Q076,078
Q073,074
L071
L200
Q140,141L143
L141 R187
Q072,075L072
Q077
L073
6
5
7
PD-126 BOARD
PANEL 2.8V
PANEL 4.6V
PANEL 13.5V
CN2100
IC2101
IC750
16
RGB DRIVE TIMINGGENERATOR
IC2103
14
4
6
7P UNREG
EVER 3.0V
CN2101 7
18
CN2104
CN2103
VDD
P OFF
BL ON
LCDUNIT
INVERTER BLOCK
BACKLIGHTDRIVE
TOPOWER BLOCK
DIAGRAM(2/3)
(CK-093)
7
CN1701
HL-011 BOARD
LCDINDICATOR DRIVE
IC1701
TOPOWER BLOCK
DIAGRAM(2/3)
(VC-242)
15
16
11
13
35
69
71
74
76
77
79
SHOE UNREG
AU 2.8V
AU 4.6V
13
12
15
17
11
1
VCC
D 3.1V
D 2.8V
A 4.6V
MT 5.2V
22
24
21
20
26
10
5
1
2
D 2.8V
UNREG VTR FUNCTION KEYILLUMINATIONLED
D500-511CN501
CN500
13
14
12
11
15
1
FK-076 BOARD
D 3.1V
MT 5.2V
CN053
CN051
15
14
27
12
16
17
MIC AMP
IC1150
TALLY LED(FRONT)
D750
8
5
3
CN1100
CN1102
2
1
3
4
INTELLIGENTACCESSORY SHOE
12
10
7
MI-038 BOARD
MIC AMPMIC POWER
Q701,703, 705-707
5
4
5
4
IR LEDDRIVE
CN702
Q700, 702, 704
IC1102REMOTECOMMANDERRECEIVER(REAR)
REMOTECOMMANDERRECEIVER(FRONT)
FT-090 BOARD
CN703 CN750
IR LED(SIRCS OUTPUT)
D751
D1105
TALLY LED(REAR)
IC143
FOCUS RINGPHASEDETECTOR
IC144
ZOOM RINGPHASEDETECTOR
IC141IC142IRIS DRIVE,V REF
4 9ACCESS LED
CN001
MK-014 BOARD
D003
3
49
3 VCC
CN776 CN775
MS-049 BOARD
MEMORYSTICKSLOT
16
15
SE VCC4
SE-108 BOARDPITCH/YAW SENSOR
CN600
CN056
IC140 IC070-072
ACTIVE PRISMACTUATOR DRIVEVAP LOCK DRIVE
ZOOM MOTORFOCUS MOTORDRIVE
IC075IC076
P PWMY PWMAMP
PITCH/YAWSENSOR AMP
IC200
IC073,074ACTIVE PRISMACTUATORPRE DRIVE
32
26
11
21
11
10
2
LA-026 BOARD CN052
CN050
D 2.8V
CN1103
ZMFC SENS VCC
ND SENS VCC
DRIVE +
MZ VCC
MF VCC
VAP VCC
ZOOM RESET SENSORFOCUS RESET SENSOR
ND FILTER SW
IRIS METER
ZOOM RING
FOCUS RING
ACTIVE PRISM ACTUATOR
LENS BLOCK
MA-386 BOARD
(4-65)
(4-65)
(4-101)
(4-70) (4-70) (4-70)
(4-70) (4-71,72) (4-72)
(4-98)
(4-43)
(4-94)
(4-72)
(4-89)
(SEE PAGE 3-12)
(SEE PAGE 3-12)
DCR-VX2000/VX2000E
4-1 4-2
SECTION 4PRINTED WIRING BOARDS AND SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS
4-1. FRAME SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM (1/3)
FRAME SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM (1/3)
CN100 50P CN025
1 GND
3 H1B
5 SUBB
7 GND
9 B_CCD_OUT
11 GND
13 V2BB
15 V3B
17 GND
19 R_CCD_OUT
21 GND
23 VDD2R
25 V2AR
27 V1R
29 H1R
31 SUBR
33 GND
35 G_CCD_OUT
37 GND
39 VDD2G
41 V2AG
43 V1G
45 H1G
47 SUBG
49 GND
2GND
4H2B
6RGB
8VDDB
10GND
12VLB
14VDD2B
16V2AB
18V1B
20GND
22GND
24VLR
26V2BR
28V3R
30H2R
32RGR
34VDDR
36GND
38VLG
40V2BG
42V3G
44H2G
46RGG
48VDDG
50GND
27PCN500
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
27PCN103
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
15P
CN
100
123456789101112131415
10P
CN
702
12345678910
4PC
N70
0
1234
4PC
N70
1
1234
CN051 80P
1
3
5
7
9
11
13
15
17
19
21
23
25
27
29
31
33
35
37
39
41
43
45
47
49
51
53
55
57
59
61
63
65
67
69
71
73
75
77
79
2
4
6
8
10
12
14
16
18
20
22
24
26
28
30
32
34
36
38
40
42
44
46
48
50
52
54
56
58
60
62
64
66
68
70
72
74
76
78
80
6PC
N60
01
GN
D
2Y
S_R
EF
3Y
SD
_OU
T
4S
E_V
CC
5P
SD
_OU
T
6P
S_R
EF
39P
CN
050
123456789101112131415161718192021222324252627282930313233343536373839
27P
CN
052
123456789101112131415161718192021222324252627
27PCN053
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
36PCN501
1 UNREG
2 UNREG
3 XSW_LED_VTR
4 XSW_LED_VTR
5 D_2.8V
6 KEY_AD0
7 KEY_AD1
8 GND
9 GND
10 MT_5.2V
11 MT_GND
12 MT_GND
13 SIRCS_SIG
14 SIRCS_SEL2
15 LANC_SIG
16 XCUSTOM_PRESET
17 SIRCS_PWM
18 TALLY_LED
19 SIRCS_SEL1
20 D_3.1V
21 SHOE_UNREG
22 SHOE_UNREG
23 F_TALLY_LED
24 AU_4.6V
25 LOW_CUT_ON_CH2
26 AU_2.8V
27 SHOE_ID1
28 LOW_CUT_ON_CH1
29 SHOE_ID2
30 ZOOM_MIC_CONT
31 EXT_MIC_MONO
32 EXT_MIC_DET
33 REG_GND
34 REG_GND
35 R(CH2)OUT
36 L(CH1)OUT
6PCN0541
2
3
4
5
6
6PCN0551
2
3
4
5
6
20PCN0561 DIAL_A
2 EXECUTE
3 GND
4 GND
5 GND
6 DIAL_B
7 GND
8 GND
9 D_2.8V
10 KEY_AD3
11 XACCESS_LED
12 N.C
13 GND
14 GND
15 VCC
16 VCC
17 BS
18 DIO
19 MS_IN
20 SCLK
8PCN7751REG_GND
2REG_GND
3VCC
4VCC
5BS
6DIO
7MS_IN
8SCLK
6PCN5501DIAL_A
2EXECUTE
3GND
4GND
5GND
6DIAL_B
6PCN001
1N.C
2XACCESS_LED
3KEY_AD3
4D_2.8V
5GND
6GND
14P
CN
703
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14
CN102 15P
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
20PCN101
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
10PCN776
1VSS
2BS
3VCC
4DIO
5N.C.
6INS
7N.C.
8SCLK
9VCC
10VSS
S001
S003
S002
S004
S550
S501
S502
S503
S550
S551
S552
S005
S500
S501
S502
S503
S504
S505
S506
S507
S511
S510
S509
S508
J001
S1
1
A
SHOE_ID1
N.C.
AU_4.6V
EXT_MIC_DET
REG_GND
REG_GND
R(CH2)OUT
SIRCS_PWM
EXT_MIC_MONO
SIRCS_SEL2
LANC_SIG
MT_5.2V
SHOE_UNREG
SHOE_ID2
L(CH1)OUT
SIRCS_SIG
XCUSTOM_PRESET
MT_GND
MT_GND
N.C.
SIRCS_SEL1
F_TALLY_LED
ZOOM_MIC_CONT
TALLY_LED
AU_2.8V
D_3.1V
SHOE_UNREG
F_TA
LLY
_LED
SIR
CS
_PW
M
N.C
.
D_3
.1V
MIC
_GN
D
MT_
GN
D
INT_
MIC
_R
MT_
GN
D
MIC
_GN
D
SIR
CS
_SIG
1
INT_
MIC
_L
MIC
_GN
D
MT_
5.2V
AU
_4.6
V
MIC
_GN
D
F_TA
LLY
_LED
MT_
GN
D
MT_
5.2V
MT_
GN
D
MT_
GN
D
D_3
.1V
SIR
CS
_SIG
1
MT_
GN
D
SIR
CS
_DR
V_C
L
MT_
GN
D
INT_
MIC
_L1
MIC
_GN
D
INT_
MIC
_R2
INT_
MIC
_L2
INT_
MIC
_R1
MIC
_GN
D
MIC
_R_G
ND
MIC
_L_G
ND
IRIS_COM
SIRCS_SEL2
MT_GND
DIO
SHOE_ID1
SIRCS_PWM
P_OUT
P_PWM
MT_5.2V
SHOE_ID2
VP_TEMP
MT_5.2V
MZ_B
EXT_MIC_MONO
EN1
SHOE_UNREG
A_4.6V
BS
MF_B
VP_LOCK_SENS
IRIS_PWM
REG_GND
VP_LOCK_DR
ND_SW1
CTRL_B
TEMP_OUT
TALLY_LED SIRCS_SEL1
DIR_0A
C_RST
ND_SW2
KEY_AD3
REG_GND
KEY_AD2
EN0
AU_4.6V
L(CH1)IN
F_TALLY_LED
MF_A
SCLK
MF_LED
REG_GND
ND_MZ_LED
D_3.1V
MS_LED_ON
Y_OUT
Y_PWM
IRIS_OFFSET
MZ_A
MT_GND
SHOE_UNREG
SIRCS_SIG
DIR_1B
DIR_1A
LANC_SIG
CTRL_A
VCC
AU_2.8V
REG_GND
PS_OUT
MS_IN
YS_OUT
R(CH2)IN
ZOOM_MIC_CONT
ZM_RST_SENS
FC_RST_SENS
ND_SW3
IRIS_GAIN
EXECUTU(DIAL)
ZM_FC_LED
VAP_DD_ON
EXT_MIC_DET
XCUSTOM_PRESET
REG_GND
D_2.8V
DIR_0B
D_3.1V
HALL_AD
LOW_CUT_ON_CH2
LOW_CUT_ON_CH1
NC
BIA
S+
YS
D_O
UT
BIA
S-
ZOO
M_BNC
ND
_SEN
S_V
CC
FC_R
ST_
SEN
S
ND
C
YS
_REF
HA
LL+
PS
_REF N
C
FOC
US
_B GN
D
TEM
P_O
UT
ZM_R
ST_
SEN
S
DR
IVE+
PS
D_O
UT
ZOO
M_A
-
ZOO
M_A
FOC
US
_A- NC
DR
IVE-
FZ_S
ENS
_VC
C
GN
D
SE_
VC
C NC
FOC
US
_A
ZOO
M_B
-
NC
NC
NC
ND
A
GN
D
HA
LL- NC
FOC
US
_B-
ND
B
Y_D
UM
P_ANC
LOC
K+
MF_
F1
MF_
F0
TEM
P_O
UT
VA
P_G
ND
P_D
RIV
_B
MZ_
GN
D
NC
MF_
GN
D
Y_D
UM
P_B
MZ_
F0
Y_O
UT
P_D
UM
P_B
VA
P_V
CC
MF_
VC
C
LOC
K_S
ENS
_OU
T
LOC
K-
Y_D
RIV
_B
MZ_
VC
C
P_D
UM
P_A
P_D
RIV
_A
LOC
K_S
ENS
_IN
P_O
UT
Y_D
RIV
_A
MZ_
F1
MT_5.2V
SHOE_UNREG
XCUSTOM_PRESET
ZOOM_MIC_CONT
D_3.1V
AU_4.6V
TALLY_LED
AU_2.8V
LOW_CUT_ON_CH1
REG_GND
SIRCS_SEL1
F_TALLY_LED
SHOE_UNREG
LANC_SIG
SIRCS_SIG
SHOE_ID1
L(CH1)IN
EXT_MIC_DET
REG_GND
MT_GND
SIRCS_PWM
SIRCS_SEL2
MT_GND
R(CH2)IN
LOW_CUT_ON_CH2
SHOE_ID2
EXT_MIC_MONOFADER
BACK_LIGHT
SPOT_LIGHT
GND
GND
N.C.
INFINITY
AUTO/PUSH_AUTO
N.C.
GND
GND
INDEX
AU
_4.6
V
MIC
_GN
D
SIR
CS
_SIG
1
F_TA
LLY
_LED
INT_
MIC
_L
SIR
CS
_PW
M
D_3
.1V
MT_
5.2V
MIC
_GN
D
MT_
GN
D
MIC
_GN
D
MT_
GN
D
MIC
_GN
D
INT_
MIC
_R
SHOE_MIC_GND
SHOE_UNREG_GND
SHOE_UNREG
SHOE_UNREG_GND
SHOE_UNREG
SHOE_UNREG_GND
SHOE_UNREG
SHOE_UNREG
SHOE_UNREG_GND
SHOE_ID1
SHOE_MIC_GND
LANC_SIG
SHOE_MIC_L
SHOE_MIC_GND
SHOE_ID2
N.C.(J7)
N.C.
SD2
SC2
SB3
SA1
J4
J5
J2
J6
SC3
SB1
SA3
SA2
N.C.(RCH_DET)
SB2
SC1
SD1
SD3
J1(J3)
MT_GND
REG_GND
D_3.1V
SHOE_UNREG
N.C.
R(CH2)OUT
SHOE_UNREG
SHOE_ID2
SHOE_ID1
SIRCS_SEL1
SIRCS_PWM
L(CH1)OUT
N.C.
F_TALLY_LED
EXT_MIC_MONO
SIRCS_SIG
AU_4.6V
ZOOM_MIC_CONT
SIRCS_SEL2
XCUSTOM_PRESET
EXT_MIC_DET
TALLY_LED
LANC_SIG
MT_GND
REG_GND
AU_2.8V
MT_5.2V
CCDIMAGER
CCDIMAGER
CCDIMAGER
LENSUNIT
MEMORY STICK
CONNECTOR
MS-049 BOARD
MK-014 BOARD
PROGRAM AE
SHUTTER SPEED
WHT BAL
AUDIO LEVEL
AUTO LOCK
KP-010 BOARD
FADER
BACK LIGHT
SPOTLIGHT
INDEX MARK
PUSH AUTO
AUTO
MAN
INFINITY
FP-189FLEXIBLE
FP-188FLEXIBLE
FOCUS
LA-026 BOARD
(1/3) LA BLOCK (2/3) LD BLOCK (3/3) CN BLOCK
CD-254 BOARD
SE-108 BOARD
CONTINUED ON
(SEE PAGE 4-3)
CONTINUED ON
(SEE PAGE 4-3)
CONTINUED ON
(SEE PAGE 4-3)
FP-2
00FL
EXIB
LE
MA-386 BOARD
FK-076 BOARD
FLEX
IBLE
FP-2
02
STOP
PAUSE
REW
FF
PLAY
SLOW
REC
REC
AUDIO DUB
END SEARCH
FLEXIBLE
FP-199
FT-090 BOARD
REMOTECOMMANDERRECEIVER
IC750
MI-038 BOARD
MIC R MIC L
MIC902 MIC901
FP-198FLEXIBLE
LINE MIC
FP-2
01FL
EXIB
LE
INTELLGENTACCESSSORY SHUE
O
B
16
H
19
M
154
E
10
N
12 13
K
209 17
D
11
C
L
1473
I
2 6 18
J
5
F
8
G
16
HOLD
FLEXIBLE
FP-190
SEL/PUSH EXEC
EDIT SEARCH +
EDIT SEARCH -
LINE
DCR-VX2000/VX2000E
4-3 4-4
FRAME SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM (2/3)
FRAME SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM (2/3)
20PCN007
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
S806
S811
27P
CN
022
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27
CN008 50P
1
3
5
7
9
11
13
15
17
19
21
23
25
27
29
31
33
35
37
39
41
43
45
47
49
2
4
6
8
10
12
14
16
18
20
22
24
26
28
30
32
34
36
38
40
42
44
46
48
50
S810
16P
CN
201
1V
VD
D
2V
SS
3V
ST
4V
CK
2
5V
CK
1
6EN
7C
LR
8R
GT
9H
ST
10H
CK
2
11H
CK
1
12B
LK
13B
14R
15G
16C
OM
1
A
10PCN004
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
XXCN003
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
60PCN021
1
3
5
7
9
11
13
15
17
19
21
23
25
27
29
31
33
35
37
39
41
43
45
47
49
51
53
55
57
59
2
4
6
8
10
12
14
16
18
20
22
24
26
28
30
32
34
36
38
40
42
44
46
48
50
52
54
56
58
60
S903
CN100 50P CN025
1 GND
3 H1B
5 SUBB
7 GND
9 B_CCD_OUT
11 GND
13 V2BB
15 V3B
17 GND
19 R_CCD_OUT
21 GND
23 VDD2R
25 V2AR
27 V1R
29 H1R
31 SUBR
33 GND
35 G_CCD_OUT
37 GND
39 VDD2G
41 V2AG
43 V1G
45 H1G
47 SUBG
49 GND
2GND
4H2B
6RGB
8VDDB
10GND
12VLB
14VDD2B
16V2AB
18V1B
20GND
22GND
24VLR
26V2BR
28V3R
30H2R
32RGR
34VDDR
36GND
38VLG
40V2BG
42V3G
44H2G
46RGG
48VDDG
50GND
27P
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27FG
_VC
C
14P
CN
009
1234567891011121314
27P
CN
200
1C
OM
2G
3R
4B
5B
LK
6H
CK
1
7H
CK
2
8H
ST
9R
GT
10D
CG
/CLR
11EN
12S
TB
13V
CK
2
14V
ST
15V
SS
16V
DD
17V
SS
18EV
F_B
L_G
ND
19EV
F_B
L_G
ND
20EV
F_B
L_4.
75V
21EV
F_B
L_4.
75V
22X
TALL
Y_L
ED
23D
ET
24LE
D_K
25P
WM
26N
.C
27N
.C
27P
CN
024
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27FG
_VC
C
27P
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27
27P
CN
200
1C
OM
2G
3R
4B
5B
LK
6H
CK
1
7H
CK
2
8H
ST
9R
GT
10D
CG
/CLR
11EN
12S
TB
13V
CK
2
14V
ST
15V
SS
16V
DD
17V
SS
18EV
F_B
L_G
ND
19EV
F_B
L_G
ND
20EV
F_B
L_4.
75V
21EV
F_B
L_4.
75V
22X
TALL
Y_L
ED
23D
ET
24LE
D_K
25P
WM
26N
.C
27N
.C
J303
10P
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
40P
CN
301
12345678910111213141516171819202122232425262728293031323334353637383940
CN023 80P
1
3
5
7
9
11
13
15
17
19
21
23
25
27
29
31
33
35
37
39
41
43
45
47
49
51
53
55
57
59
61
63
65
67
69
71
73
75
77
79
2
4
6
8
10
12
14
16
18
20
22
24
26
28
30
32
34
36
38
40
42
44
46
48
50
52
54
56
58
60
62
64
66
68
70
72
74
76
78
80
J302
40P
CN
006
12345678910111213141516171819202122232425262728293031323334353637383940
11P
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11
10P
CN
101
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
11P
CN
020
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11
1GND
2XEJECT_SW
3PHOTO_STBY_SW
4XCAM+STBY_SW
5XVTR_MODE_SW
6XS/S_SW
7GND
8GND
LAN
C_S
IG/2
32C
_RD
REE
L_T+
VP_LOCK_SENS
MT_GND
FP-594
GN
D
CAM_DD_ON
LOW_CUT_ON_CH1
CA
P_W
XCS_MC_FLASH
GN
D
MIC
_SD
A
HP
_L_O
UT
HA
LL_C
OM
EVER_3.0V
VID
EO_I
/O
VH
E(+)
FP-193
LAN
C_S
IG/2
32C
_RD
(12.
0V)
PANEL_4.6V
M
PG
P_UNREG
ND_SW2
CA
P_W
HI_TEST_A
GN
D
GN
D
VID
EO_I
/O
FG2
KEY_AD4
S_Y
_I/O
UN
LOA
D
GN
D
EN1
SP-
(SEE PAGE 4-5)
TPA
-
MIC
_SC
K
REG_GND
M903LOADING MOTOR
SEN
SO
R_V
CC
D_1.9V
BS
HE_
GN
D
DRP_SI
J301
GN
D
REE
L_S
-
GN
D
UNREG
HE_
GN
D
P_UNREG
6
GN
D
GN
D
XEJ
ECT_
SW
SHOE_ID2
N.C
ND200
CA
P_V
SIRCS_PWM
M M
DR
UM
_U
INIT_CHARGE_ON
ZOOM_MIC_CONT
VH
E(+)
XDRP_SCK
GN
D
MIC
_VD
D
GN
D
UNREG
MR
_GN
D
OSD_SO
TPB
+
MS
W_D
XS
/S_S
W(L
OW
_AN
GLE
)
P_PWM
19
PANEL_XVD
BACKLIGHT
UH
E(-)
FGPG
GN
D
N.C
SCLK
IRIS_GAIN
VIDEO
XEV
EN
G
MS
W_B
GN
D
N.C
KEY_AD1
WH
E(-)
EJECT
SP+
LAN
C_D
C
GN
D
XC
AM
+STB
Y_S
W
D_3.1V
M
PANEL_B
WH
E(+)
GND
CA
P_VFG
AU_2.8V
SWP
SHOE_UNREG
CTRL_A
S-VIDEO
GN
D
F
GN
D
HP
_JA
CK
_IN
GND
XSW_LED_VTR
LOA
D
FLEX
IBLE
GND
2
GN
D
CA
P_V
XS
/S_S
W
ND_MZ_LED
XCS_LCD_DRIVER
B
EVF_13.5V
KEY_AD5
M902LOADING MOTOR
XEV
EN
CHARGE_INH
MS
W_C
TMS
KEY_AD2
SIRCS_SEL1
R
DR
UM
_U
3
HA
LL_V
CC
GN
D
DIAL_D
CA
P_W
FP-2
00
HI_XRESET
5
CPC
GN
D
MS
W_C
REG_GND
PANEL_XHD
(SEE PAGE 4-5)
VTR_UNREG
N.C.
9
CA
P_U
XO
DD
P_UNREG
HA
LL_C
OM
GNDND_SW3
DIR_1A
L
DR
UM
_W
TOP
_SEN
S
GN
D
PANEL_13.5V
GND
LED
_A
J
FLEXIBLE
GN
D
FG_V
CC
SHOE_UNREG
NC
DRUM_ERROR
REG_GND
HE_
VC
C
GN
D
MS_3.1V
MS
W_D
TCK
YS_OUT
L(CH1)IN
J300
GN
D
REE
L_T-
TPB
+
GND
TDO
UH
E(+)
H
LCD903
GN
D
UN
LOA
D
SIRCS_SIG
AU_4.6V
MT_5.2V
R(CH2)IN
MR
_GN
D
YS
DL
A_4.6V
END
_SEN
S
EVF_BL+
F_TALLY_LED
A_4.6V
DR
UM
_V
C_I
N_S
W
GN
D
GND
PD_VCO
FP-1
87
S_C
_I/O
END
_SEN
S
XCUSTOM_PRESET
LB-065 BOARD
P_UNREG_GND
C
D_1.9V
SIRCS_SEL2
MR
_GN
D
GN
D
MT_GND
REE
L_S
+
TDI
MT_5.2V
REG_GND
AUDIO
PG
LED
_K
LCH
_DET
N.C
GN
D
REE
L_T-
MF_B
16
PANEL_2.8V
K
SHOE_ON
EXECUTU(DIAL)
CA
P_W
IRIS_OFFSET
GN
D
PANEL_13.5V
MS
W_A
XHD/PSIG
MT_GND
Y_OUT
10/18 IN BLOCK 11/18 VF BLOCK 12/18 CA(MC) BLOCK 13/18 MC BLOCK 14/18 MD BLOCK 15/18 HI BLOCK 16/18 AU-1 BLOCK 17/18 AU-2 BLOCK 18/18 CN BLOCK
SEN
SO
R_V
CC
UN
LOA
D
LCH
_DET
CAM_TEST_A
GN
D
TPB
-
CA
P_W
MS_LED_ON
D_1.5V
11
D_2.8V
CTRL_B
CA
P_U
MS_IN
XS
DL
EVF_BL-
GN
D
PS_OUT
LOW_CUT_ON_CH2
UH
E(-)
YO
DD
18
NC
DRP_SO
HP
_R_O
UT
CONTINUED ON
S_C
_I/O
DEW
+
DIR_0BMT_GND
D_2.8V
IRIS_PWM
UH
E(+)
HI_XRESET
YEV
EN
CAP_VS
DEW
+
TEMP_OUT
AU_4.6V
P_UNREG
GN
D
REG_GND
NC
DIAL_C
LCDUNIT
TPA
-
MIC
_VD
D
BATT_UNREG
REG_GND
REG_GND
WH
E(+)
MT_4.75V
GN
D
REG_GND
LOA
D
EXT_MIC_DET
CAM_RXD
VC-242 BOARD
NCG
ND
CA
P_V
GN
D
XHI_SCK
DV IN/OUT
GN
D
REE
L_S
+
AU_2.8V
P_UNREG_GND
L
EVF_BL+
MZ_A
CA
P_U
HI_RXD
YO
DD
D_1.5V
MIC
_SC
K
XDS_FLASH
N.C
7
LAN
C_G
ND
/232
C_T
D
REE
L_S
-
E
GN
D
KEY_AD7
CN300
GN
D
CA
P_U
MF_LED
DRUM_VS
CAP_ERROR
ND_SW1
CA
P_V
HI_TXD
CONTROL SWITCH BLOCK(CF-4980)
RC
H_D
ET
SHOE_UNEREG
REC
_PR
F_S
W
GN
D
KEY_ADO
CAM_XRESET
GND
GN
D
D_2.8V
HE_
VC
C
4
GN
D
XOSD_SCK
NC
LOA
D
LANC_SIGPANEL_R
REG_GND
START/STOP
SHOE_UNEREG
VCC
CA
P_W
MF_A
PHOTO
RC
H_D
ET
A_2.8V
M901DRUM MOTOR
AU
DIO
_R_I
/O
XSW_LED_VTRH
ALL
_VC
C
1/18 CA(CH) BLOCK 2/18 CA(U-C) BLOCK 3/18 MS-1 BLOCK 4/18 MS-2 BLOCK 5/18 MS-3 BLOCK 6/18 JC-1 BLOCK 7/18 JC-2 BLOCK 8/18 RF BLOCK 9/18 IO BLOCK
LCD_COM/XDATA
I
LAN
C_D
C
NC
CA
P_U
15
GN
D
P_UNREG_GND
GN
D
CA
P_V
VP_LOCK_DR
N.C
FAST_CHARGE
12
VIDEO HEAD
D_3.1V
EFN_BL-
P_OUT
WH
E(-)
REG_GND
CAMERA
YS
DL
FGPG
XS
_JA
CK
_IN
GND
MR
_GN
D
HP
_L_O
UT
GND
GN
D
XV
TR_M
OD
E_S
W
GND
MIC
_SD
A
GN
D
PANEL_2.8V
XLA
NC
_JA
CK
_IN
CA
P_W
MT_GND
HI_SO
AU_8.0V
17
EVEN CH
CAM_-7V
EVF_VCO
DIO
CA
P_V
D_3.1V
OFF
DR
UM
_V
C-MECHANISM
GN
D
TOP
_SEN
S
GND
TPA
+
PH
OTO
_STB
Y_S
W
CA
P_W
GN
D
PANEL_G
JK-190 BOARD
AU
DIO
_R_I
/O
GN
D
IRIS_COM
KEY_AD6
BATT_SIG
VIDEOHEAD
D_3.1V
GND
HALL_AD
FG2
VAP_DD_ON
VTR
XS
DL
GN
D
D_2
.8V
H_START
REC
_PR
F_S
W
GN
D
GN
D
EVF_2.8V
MS
W_B
V_J
AC
K_I
N
CONTINUED ON
NC
LED
_K
Y_PWM
P_UNREG_GND
BATT/XEXT_SW
D
DR
UM
_W
REG_GND
RF_MON
EXT_MIC_MONO
CA
P_V
SHOE_ID1
POWER
YEV
EN
ODDCH
TPA
+
D_2.8VPANEL_COM
C_I
N_S
W
N.C.
8
TPB
-
XP
HO
TO_R
EC
PD_VG
MS
W_A
AU
DIO
_L_I
/O
GN
D
FG1
TALLY_LED
GND
MT_GND
13
DR
UM
_W
VTR_UNREG
LANC_SIG
D_2.8V
CA
P_U
DIR_1B
PHOTO FREEZE
DR
UM
_U
REE
L_T+
HP
_R_O
UT
PANEL_4.6V
S_Y
_I/O
GN
D
HP
_JA
CK
_IN
CONTINUED ON
GN
D
CA
P_U
MT_5.2V
LI_3V
REG_GND
10
DR
UM
_U RP_4.6V
RF_IN/LANC_JACK_IN
ZM_FC_LED
FG_V
CC
C_RST
FG
LOA
D
GN
D
XCS_LCD_PANEL
XLA
NC
_JA
CK
_IN
LID
_OP
EN
EN0
AU
DIO
_L_I
/O
FLEX
IBLE
V_J
AC
K_I
N
CA
P_U
FC_RST_SENSREG_GND
MODE SWITCH
DR
UM
_V
(SEE PAGE 4-2)
VTR_DD_ON
EVF_VG
MZ_B
FG1
ZM_RST_SENS
XO
DD
UN
LOA
D
GN
D
CAM_TXD
GN
D
XP
HO
TO_F
REE
ZE
KEY_AD3
LAN
C_G
ND
/232
C_T
D
VH
E(-)
DIR_0A
CAM_12V
FLEXIBLE
14
DR
UM
_V
MT_5.2V
REG_GND
VH
E(-)
VP_TEMP
DR
UM
_W
LED
_A
GN
D
MC_F_BUSY
LANC
N.C
XS
_JA
CK
_IN
(12.
0V)
ZOO
M_V
R_A
D
16
S812
CONTINUED ON
(SEE PAGE 4-2)
(SEE PAGE 4-1)
CONTINUED ON
CONTROL SWITCH BLOCK(PS-4980)
DCR-VX2000/VX2000E
FRAME SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM (3/3)
4-5 4-6FRAME SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM (3/3)
4PCN300
1
2
3
4
CN251 14P
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
CN252 8P
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
24P
CN
2104
1TE
ST2
/SM
ON
1
2R
GT/
SLR
3B
/VB
4R
/VR
5G
/VG
6P
SIG
/PV
ID
7H
CK
1/G
UD
8H
CK
2/P
CTL
9C
Rex
t/P
CTL
B
10S
OU
T/G
PW
C
11R
EF/G
PW
CB
12H
ST/
GC
K
13W
IDE/
GC
KB
14C
S/G
SP
B
15V
VS
SG
/GS
P
16H
VD
D/G
VC
C
17V
SS
/GN
D
18V
VD
D/S
VD
D
19D
WN
/SC
KB
20EN
/SC
K
21V
CK
/SS
PB
22V
ST/
SS
P
23C
OM
/SM
ON
2
24TE
ST1
/CO
MC
NT
CN2101 8P
1 XCS_LCD_DRIVER
2 LCD_COM/XDATA
3 XOSD_SCK
4 OSD_SO
5 KEY_AD7
6 EVER_3.0V
7 UNREG
8 UNREG_GND
CN2100 14P
1 PANEL_B
2 PANEL_G
3 PANEL_R
4 REG_GND
5 PANEL_2.8V
6 PANEL_13.5V
7 PANEL_4.6V
8 XHI_SCK
9 XCS_PANEL
10 HI_SO
11 REG_GND
12 XVD
13 XHD
14 PANEL_15.5V
7PC
N21
03
1R
EG_G
ND
2X
CS
_LC
D_D
RIV
ER
3LC
D_C
OM
/XD
ATA
4X
OS
D_S
CK
5O
SD
_SO
6K
EY_A
D7
7EV
ER_3
.0V
5PC
N21
05
1V
G
2C
OM
3G
ND
4P
SIG
5H
SY
60PCN450
1
3
5
7
9
11
13
15
17
19
21
23
25
27
29
31
33
35
37
39
41
43
45
47
49
51
53
55
57
59
2
4
6
8
10
12
14
16
18
20
22
24
26
28
30
32
34
36
38
40
42
44
46
48
50
52
54
56
58
60
3PCN301
1
2
3
21PCN1703
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
7PC
N17
01
1R
EG_G
ND
2X
CS
_LC
D_D
RIV
ER
3LC
D_C
OM
/XD
ATA
4X
OS
D_S
CK
5O
SD
_SO
6K
EY_A
D7
7EV
ER_3
.0V
5PC
N25
4
12345
6PC
N25
5
123456
5PCN1702
1 KEY_AD7
2 KEY_AD7_S1
3 REG_GND
4 KEY_AD7_S2
5 KEY_AD7_S3
6PC
N25
6123456
2PCN253
1
2
CN250 50P
1
3
5
7
9
11
13
15
17
19
21
23
25
27
29
31
33
35
37
39
41
43
45
47
49
2
4
6
8
10
12
14
16
18
20
22
24
26
28
30
32
34
36
38
40
42
44
46
48
50
S001
S002S001
S252
S250
S251
S253
S254
S255
S256
S257
S259
S261
S260
S258
S262
S263
S001
S002
S003
S004
1
A
BATT_UNREG
BATT_SIG
DCPACK_SW
BATT_GND
REG_GND
PANEL_2.8V
PANEL_4.6V
PANEL_G
XVD
XCS_PANEL
PANEL_R
PANEL_B
LCD_COM/XDATA
HI_SO
XHD
XCS_LCD_DRIVER
XOSD_SCK
XHI_SCK
KEY_AD7
UNREG_GND
UNREG
N.C
OSD_SO
REG_GND
PANEL_13.5V
EVER_3.0V
FP-197
REG_GND
PANEL_13.5V
D_1.5V
REG_GND
VTR_UNREG
MT_5.2V
REG_GND
MT_GND
P_UNREG
AU_4.6V
REG_GND
RP_4.6V
MT_GND
SHOE_UNEREG
BATT_UNREG
MT_GND
D_2.8V
P_UNREG_GND
MT_5.2V
CAM_12V
EVF_2.8V
D_1.9V
D_2.8V
PANEL_4.6V
BATT/XEXT_SW
INIT_CHARGE_ON
AU_8.0V
D_3.1V
MT_GND
REG_GND
SHOE_UNEREG
MS_3.1V
P_UNREG_GND
CAM_DD_ON
D_1.9V
REG_GND
VTR_UNREG
A_2.8V
REG_GND
VTR_DD_ON
CHARGE_INH
D_1.5V
REG_GND
P_UNREG
SHOE_ON
CAM_-7V
EVF_BL-
CAP_VS
DRUM_VS
AU_2.8V
DRUM_ERROR
FAST_CHARGE
EVF_BL+
BATT_SIG
EVF_13.5V
PANEL_2.8V
CAP_ERROR
A_4.6V
D_3.1V
ACV_UNREG
ACV_GND
BATT_XEXT
N.C
REG
_GN
D
REG
_GN
D
MEN
U/R
EC L
EVEL
COM2
SEG5
SEG4
REG
_GN
D
REG
_GN
D
COM3
SEG3
COM1
2.8V
(DIA
L)
DIA
L_C
(EX
P/I
RIS
)
NC
SEG2
SEG11
SEG7
SEG1
REG
_GN
D
REG
_GN
D
REG
_GN
D
SEG9
SEG8
SEG12
SP+
EXP
OS
UR
E/IR
IS
DIA
L_D
(EX
P/I
RIS
)
REG
_GN
D
SEG6
SEG16
SEG14
PA
NEL
_RV
S
PA
NEL
_OP
EN/C
LOS
E
SEG15
SEG13
SP-
REG
_GN
D
SEG10
N.C
COM4
SP901SPEAKER
PANEL_G
KEY_AD4
N.C
XCS_LCD_PANEL
SP+
P_UNREG
N.C
XHI_SCK
HI_SO
KEY_AD7
DIAL_C
D_2.8V
N.C
PANEL_R
LI_3V
GND
P_UNREG_GND
XCS_LCD_DRIVER
P_UNREG_GND
N.C
GND
OSD_SO
PANEL_XHD
PANEL_2.8V
N.C.
EVER_3.0V
GND
DIAL_D
NC
GND
LCD_COM/XDATA
KEY_AD5
PANEL_XVD
N.C.
GND
PANEL_13.5V
P_UNREG
XOSD_SCK
PANEL_B
SP-
N.C
GND
N.C
KEY_AD6
GND
NC
HI_XRESET
GND
PANEL_4.6V
GND
CONTROL DIAL
CONTROL SWITCHBLOCK(ED-4980) FLEXIBLE
(RVS)
(OPEN/CLOSE)
FP-194FLEXIBLE
MENU
(SEE PAGE 4-4)
FP-1
87
CONTINUED ON FLEX
IBLE
CK-093 BOARD
TITLE
DISPLAY
MEMORYINDEX
(SELF TIMER)
MEMORY +
DIGITAL EFFECT
RESET
MEMORY -
PICTURE EFFECT
MEMORY PLAY
MEMORY DELETE
MEMORY MIX
DATA CODE
ZEBRA
70
100
HARNESS
HARNESS
CONTINUED ON
(SEE PAGE 4-4)
DD-138 BOARD
(1/2) DD-1 BLOCK (2/2) DD-2 BLOCK
DC IN
BATTERYTERMINAL
BL_
LOW
BL_
GN
D
BL_
HI
DU
MM
Y_L
AN
D
DET
BL_
PW
M
VD
D
UN
REG
_GN
D
PA
NEL
_UN
REG
INVERTER UNIT
CPC
PD-126 BOARD
LCD901 COLORLCDUNIT
ND201 BACK-LIGHT
FLEX
IBLE
FP-1
95
FP-2
05FL
EXIB
LE
CARACTORDISPLAY
LCD902
FP-196FLEXIBLE
VOLUME +
LCD BRIGHT +
LCD BRIGHT -
VOLUME -
HL-011 BOARD
B
16
H
154
E
10 12 13
K
9
D
11
C
1473
I
2 6
J
5
F
8
G
16
OFF
CP-094
CP-093
DCR-VX2000/VX2000E
4-2. PRINTED WIRING BOARDS AND SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS
(Measuring conditions voltage and waveform)• Voltages and waveforms are measured between the measure-
ment points and ground when camera shoots color bar chart ofpattern box. They are reference values and reference wave-forms. *(VOM of DC 10 MΩ input impedance is used.).
• Voltage values change depending upon input impedance of VOMused.) *
1. Connection
2. Adjust the distance so that the output waveform of Fig. a andthe Fig. b can be obtain.
Yello
w
A AB BA=B
Fig. a (Video output terminal output waveform)
Fig.b (Picture on monitor TV)
Electron beam scanned frame
CRT picture frame
H
Cya
nG
reen
Whi
teM
agen
ta
Red
Blu
e
Yello
wC
yan
Gre
enW
hite
Mag
enta
Red
Blu
e
THIS NOTE IS COMMON FOR WIRING BOARDS AND SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS(In addition to this, the necessary note is printed in each block)
C
B E
56 4
21 3
54 6
23 1
4 5
23 1
1 2
45 3
3
2 1
3
2 1
3
2 1
Transistor Diode
Kinds of capacitor
Temperature characteristicsExternal dimensions (mm)
Note :The components identified bymark 0 or dotted line with mark0 are critical for safety.Replace only with part numberspecified.
Note :Les composants identifiés parune marque 0 sont critiquespour la sécurité.Ne les remplacer que par unepièce portant le numéro spécifié.
When indicating parts by reference number, pleas includethe board name.
(For printed wiring boards)• b: Pattern from the side which enables seeing.
(The other layers' patterns are not indicated.)• Through hole is omitted.• Circled numbers refer to waveforms.• There are few cases that the part printed on diagram
isn’t mounted in this model.• Chip parts.
(For schematic diagrams)• All capacitors are in mF unless otherwise noted. pF : m mF. 50V
or less are not indicated except for electrolytics and tantalums.• Chip resistors are 1/10W unless otherwise noted.
kW=1000W, MW=1000kW.• Caution when replacing chip parts.
New parts must be attached after removal of chip.Be careful not to heat the minus side of tantalum capacitor, Be-cause it is damaged by the heat.
• Some chip part will be indicated as follows.Example C541 L452
22U 10UHTA A 2520
• Constants of resistors, capacitors, ICs and etc with XX indicatethat they are not used.In such cases, the unused circuits may be indicated.
• All variable and adjustable resistors have characteristic curve B,unless otherwise noted.
• Signal nameXEDIT → EDIT PB/XREC → PB/REC
• 2 : non flammable resistor• 1 : fusible resistor• C : panel designation• A : B+ Line *• B : B– Line *• J : IN/OUT direction of (+,–) B LINE. *• C : adjustment for repair. *• Circled numbers refer to waveforms. ** Indicated by the color red.
DCR-VX2000/VX2000E
4-8
Pattern box
Front of the protection glass
95 cm
DCR-VX2000/VX2000E
4-9 4-10
For Schematic Diagram• Refer to page 4-11 for printed wiring board.• Refer to page 4-109 for waveforms.
CCD IMAGERCD-254
2.4
2.5
4.6
2.4
4.6
2.4
2.4
2.5
4.6
2.4
2.5
2.4
R-6.7/P0
R10
.9/P
0
R1.
2/P
0
R-0
.4/
P0
R12
.1/P
0
R6.
4/P
1.1
R1.
9/P
0
R-0
.4/
P0
-7.1
R9.
5/P
0
R-6
.7/
P0
R-6
.7/
P0
R9.
5/P
0
R-0
.4/
P0
R1.9/P0
R6.
8/P
1.1
R12
.1/P
0
R-0
.4/
P0
R1.
2/P
0
R11
.0/P
0
R-6.7/P0
R-6
.7/P
0
R9.
5/P
0
R1.
9/P
0
R-6
.7/P
0
R12
.1/P
0
R1.
2/P
0
-7.1
R10
.8/P
0
R6.
7/P
1.1
R-0
.4/P
0
R-0
.4/P
0
NO MARK:REC/PB MODE R :REC MODE P :PB MODE
6
12
3
4 5
7
2 1
4
35-7
.1
12
8
5
4
3
50PCN100
1 GND
3 H1B
5 SUBB
7 GND
9 B_CCD_OUT
11 GND
13 V2BB
15 V3B
17 GND
19 R_CCD_OUT
21 GND
23 VDD2R
25 V2AR
27 V1R
29 H1R
31 SUBR
33 GND
35 G_CCD_OUT
37 GND
39 VDD2G
41 V2AG
43 V1G
45 H1G
47 SUBG
49 GND
2GND
4H2B
6RGB
8VDDB
10GND
12VLB
14VDD2B
16V2AB
18V1B
20GND
22GND
24VLR
26V2BR
28V3R
30H2R
32RGR
34VDDR
36GND
38VLG
40V2BG
42V3G
44H2G
46RGG
48VDDG
50GND
IC103AD8014ART-REEL7
12
3 45
B0.1uC100
100uHL100
IC10
1
1
V1
2
V3
3
V2A
4
V2B
5
GN
D
6
VD
D2
7
VL2
8
VO
UT
9
VD
D
10
GN
D
11
SU
B
12
VL
13
NC
14
RG
15
H1
16
H2
IC10
0
1
V1
2
V3
3
V2A
4
V2B
5
NC
6
GN
D
7
GN
D
8
VO
UT
9
VD
D
10
GN
D
11
SU
B
12
VL
13
NC
14
RG
15
H1
16
H2
4700
R10
1
5600R100
1kR
106
82R109
100uHL106
B0.1uC117
B16V22uC102
100uHL104
82R107
B16V22uC103
100uHL101
IC10
2
1
V1
2
V3
3
V2A
4
V2B
5
NC
6
GN
D
7
GN
D
8
VO
UT
9
VD
D
10
GN
D
11
SU
B
12
VL
13
NC
14
RG
15
H1
16
H2
B0.1uC118
4700R103
AD8014ART-REEL7IC104
12
3 45
B0.1uC101
5600R102
1kR
108
4700
R10
4
5600R105
AD8014ART-REEL7IC105
12
3 45
B0.1u
C11
1
1kR110
82R111
100uHL105
C119
B16V22u
B0.1uC120
100uHL107
B4.7uC110
B4.7uC105
B4.7uC104
A
4.7uC109
16V
P6.3V10u
C108
P6.3V10u
C115
A16V4.7uC114
P6.3V10uC113
A16V4.7uC112
B0.1uC135
B2200pC134
B0.1uC132
B2200pC133
B0.1u
C130
B22
00p
C13
1
200kR112
200kR113
200k
R11
4
1
A
V2B
G
V2A
G
V3G
V1G
H1G
H2G
V2A
R
V1R
H2R
H1R
V2B
R
V3R
V1B
V3B
V2A
B
V2B
B
H2B
H1B
V1G
V2AG
V1R
V2AR
V3B
V2BB
V3G
V2BG
V3R
V1B
V2AB
V2BR
RGG
H2G
RGR
H2R
RGB
H2B
H1G
H1R
H1B
RG
GR
GR
RG
B
CD-254 BOARD
IC101
16
IC102
IC100
G-CH CCD IMAGER
TO VC-242 BOARD(1/18) CN025
(SEE PAGE 4-13)
B
H
4
E
109
D
C
73
I
2 6
J
5
F
8
G
XX MARK:NO MOUNT
PB
Y
CCD IMAGER
CHROMA
REC
VIDEO SIGNAL
Y/CHROMA
SIGNAL PATH-REF.NO.:1000 SERIES-
R-CH CCD IMAGER
B-CH CCD IMAGER
IC103BUFFER
BUFFER
IC104
IC105BUFFER
IC100,101,102ICX246AL-13:NTSC MODELICX247AL-13:PAL MODEL
NTSC MODEL:DCR-VX2000PAL MODEL :DCR-VX2000E
Precautions Upon Replacing CCD Imager• The CD-254 board mounted as a repair part is not equipped
with a CCD imager.When replacing this board, remove the CCD imager from theold one and mount it onto the new one.
• If the CCD imager has been replaced, carry out all the adjust-ments for the camera section.
• As the CCD imager may be damaged by static electricity fromits structure, handle it carefully like for the MOS IC.In addition, ensure that the receiver is not covered with dustsnor exposed to strong light.
DCR-VX2000/VX2000E
4-11 4-12
CD-254 (CCD IMAGER) PRINTED WIRING BOARD— Ref. No. CD-254 Board; 1,000 Series —
For printed wiring board• Refer to page 4-116 for parts location.• This board is four-layer print board. However, the pat-
terns of layers two and three have not been includedin the diagram.
There are few cases that the part printed on thisdiagram isn’t mounted in this model.
CCD IMAGERCD-254
FT-090(REMOTE)
MI-038(MIC IN)
MA-386(AUDIO AMP)
LB-065(BACK LIGHT) CK-093
(KEY IN)
PD-126(RGB DRIVE/TG)
HL-011(LCD DRIVE)
CD-254(CCD IMAGER)
FK-076(CONTROL SWITCH)
INVERTER TRANSFORMERUNIT
SE-108(VAP SENSOR)
DCR-VX2000/VX2000E
4-57 4-58JACK BOARD
JK-190
J302
16080
R300
FB301FB300
01ZA8.2(TPL3)D306
01ZA8.2(TPL3)D303
0R317
0R315
MA8075-TXD311
0R318J303
MAZJ200D0LS0D309
01ZA8.2(TPL3)D310
0R316
40PCN301
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
4PCN300
1NTPB
2TPB
3NTPA
4TPA
LND303
CH.GND
YC
GG
S S
J301
MA8082-(K8).S0D301
LND300
CH.GND
J300
0R301
0R302
0R303
0R307
0R308
0R309
0R306
0R304
0R305
01ZA8.2(TPL3)D300
01ZA8.2(TPL3)D302
01ZA8.2(TPL3)D304
MA8082-(K8).S0D305
MA8082-(K8).S0D307
MA8082-(K8).S0D308
0R311
0R312
0R313
0R314
01ZA8.2(TPL3)D312
01ZA8.2(TPL3)D313
MA8082-(K8).S0D314
LND301
CH.GND
0R319
LND302
CH.GND
XXR310
0R320
16080
R321
2520100uHL301
0.001uB
C3010.001u
B
C3020.001u
B
C303
0.001uB
C304
2520100uHL302
XXR322 R323
XX
1
A
TPA
NTPA
TPB
NTPB
XSJACK_IN
S_C_I/O
S_Y_I/O
S_Y_I/O
S_C_I/O
V_JACK_IN
VIDEO_I/O
LCH_DET
AUDIO_L_I/O
RCH_DET
AUDIO_R_I/OVIDEO_I/O
HP_JACK_IN
HP_R_OUT
HP_L_OUT
HP_JACK_IN
HP_R_OUT
HP_L_OUT
LANC_GND/232C_TD
LANC_SIG/232C_RD
XLANC_JACK_IN
LANC_DC
XLANC_JACK_IN
XLANC_JACK_IN
LANC_GND/232C_TD
LANC_DC
LANC_SIG/232C_RD
NTPB
TPB
TPA
NTPA
V_JACK_IN
LCH_DET
RCH_DET
AUDIO_R_I/O
AUDIO_L_I/O
XSJACK_IN
GND
TPA+
TPA-
GND
TPB+
TPB-
GND
GND
AUDIO_R_I/O
RCH_DET
LANC_SIG/232C_RD
LANC_DC
HP_L_OUT
GND
LANC_GND/232C_TD
GND
GND
HP_R_OUT
GND
XS_JACK_IN
GND
HP_JACK_IN
S_Y_I/O
V_JACK_IN
GND
S_C_I/O
AUDIO_L_I/O
GND
GND
GND
GND
GND
GND
VIDEO_I/O
LCH_DET
XLANC_JACK_IN
GND
GND
VIDEO
AUDIO
L
R
GND
GNDS VIDEO
JK-190 BOARD
TOVC-242 BOARD(9/18)CN006
(SEE PAGE 4-29)
B
4
E
10 12 139
D
11
C
732 65
F
8
G16
XX MARK:NO MOUNTSIGNAL
PB
AUDIOY
JACK BOARDCHROMA
REC
VIDEO SIGNAL
Y/CHROMA
SIGNAL PATH
-REF.NO.:2000 SERIES-
(HEADPHONE)
LANC
DV IN/OUT
DCR-VX2000/VX2000E
4-61 4-62KEY IN
CK-093
1200R257
1500R260
XXR254
3300R263
22kR269
XXR252
6800R266
3300R262
1200R256
3300R261
22kR268
XXR253
6800R265
1500R259
22kR267
6800R264
1200R255
XXR250
1500R258
S263
CN253 2P
1
2
BT250
01BZA8.2(TE85L)D254
01BZA8.2(TE85L)D255
50PCN250
1
3
5
7
9
11
13
15
17
19
21
23
25
27
29
31
33
35
37
39
41
43
45
47
49
2
4
6
8
10
12
14
16
18
20
22
24
26
28
30
32
34
36
38
40
42
44
46
48
50
01BZA8.2(TE85L)D251
MA8082-(K8).S0D252
LND250
SEIDEN
LND252
SEIDEN
CN251 14P
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
CN252 8P
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
01BZA8.2(TE85L)D250
01BZA8.2(TE85L)D253
S250S255 S258
S260
S251S253
S261
S252S254 S257
S259 S262
S256
XXR251
5PCN254
1
2
3
4
5
6PCN255
1
2
3
4
5
6
6PCN256
1
2
3
4
5
6
6P
1
2
3
4
5
6
XX
MA8082-(K8).SO 01BZA8.2(TE85L)SEIDEN
6PCN256
1
2
3
4
5
6
S002 S001
5PCN254
1
2
3
4
5
S001
1
A
AD6
AD5
AD4
TITLEDIGITALEFFECT
DISPLAY
MEMORY –MEMORY
INDEX DELETE PLAY
DATA CODE
ZEBRA
OFF 70 100
PANEL_2.8V
XCS_PANEL
HI_SO
XHI_SCK
UNREG
N.C
PANEL_13.5V
PANEL_4.6V
PANEL_R
PANEL_G
PANEL_B
XCS_LCD_DRIVER
LCD_COM/XDATA
XOSD_SCK
OSD_SO
EVER_3.0V
EXPOSURE/IRIS
DIAL_C(EXP/IRIS)
DIAL_D(EXP/IRIS)
2.8V(DIAL)
REG_GND
MEMORY +
MENUEXPOSURE
RESET
REG_GND
PANEL_XHD
SP+
REG_GND
KEY_AD5
XOSD_SCK
REG_GND
SP-
REG_GND
N.C
P_UNREG_GND
OSD_SO
DIAL_C
PANEL_13.5V
REG_GND
PANEL_2.8V
KEY_AD6
N.C
PANEL_B
REG_GND
EVER_3.0V
KEY_AD4
NC
XCS_LCD_PANEL
P_UNREG_GND
NC
N.C.
N.C.
DIAL_D
PANEL_R
N.C
REG_GND
P_UNREG
REG_GND
P_UNREG
HI_XRESET
N.C.
PANEL_4.6V
N.C
PANEL_XVD
PANEL_G
LI_3V
LCD_COM/XDATA
HI_SO
D_2.8V
XHI_SCK
XCS_LCD_DRIVER
REG_GND
KEY_AD7
IRIS REC LEVEL
KEY_AD7
REG_GND
REG_GND
XVD
XHD
UNREG_GND
MEMORY MIX
REG_GND
N.C
REG_GND
REG_GND
PANEL_RVS
REG_GND
REG_GND
REG_GND
MENU/REC LEVEL
REG_GND
SP-
REG_GND
PANEL_OPEN/CLOSE
NC
SP+
EXPOSURE/IRIS
DIAL_C
REG_GND
DIAL_D
D_2.8V
REG_GND
CONTROL SWITCH BLOCK(ED-4980)
PANEL_OPEN/CLOSE
REG_GND
REG_GND
REG_GND
PANEL_RVS
REG_GND
(RVS)(OPEN/CLOSE)
FP-197 FLEXIBLE
NC
MENU/REC LEVEL
REG_GND
REG_GND
REG_GND
FP-194 FLEXIBLE
MENU
MEMORY
CK-093 BOARD
16
TOPD-126 BOARDCN2100
(SEE PAGE 4-65)
(SEE PAGE 4-65)
TOPD-126 BOARDCN2101
(SEE PAGE 4-49)
CN008TO VC-242 BOARD(18/18)
(THROUGH THE FP-187 FLEXIBLE)
B
16
H
19154
E
10 12 139 17
D
11
C
1473
I
2 6 185
F
8
G
XX MARK:NO MOUNT
PB
Y
KEY IN
CHROMA
REC
VIDEO SIGNAL
Y/CHROMA
SIGNAL PATH
-REF.NO.:1000 SERIES-
MEMORY
SP901(SPEAKER)
LITHIUMBATTERY
PICPUREEFFECT
(SELF TIMER)
CONTROL SWITCH BLOCK(ED-4980), FP-194 FLEXIBLEare replaced as a block.So that these PRINTED WIRING BOARD are omitted.
EXPOSURE BUTTON
S001
EXPOSURE DIAL
S002
DCR-VX2000/VX2000E
4-65 4-66RGB DRIVE, TG
PD-126
NO MARK:REC/PB MODE R :REC MODE P :PB MODE
0.7 1.7 2.7 0 2.8 1.4 1.4 2.8 6.8 1.7 13.5
1.1
2.8
2.5
2.7
2.9
2.8
2.8
1.1
2.8
1.9
1.7
1.7
2.8 0.9 2.8 0.9 00.9 1.41.4 6.32.11.51.4
6.8
1.7
0.7
6.3
13.6
6.7
1.7
6.8
1.7
6.8
13.5 13.5
0
0
2.8
6.8
7.3 13.5
7.3
6.813.5
6.8
6.2
6.8
6.2
1.0
1.6
4.6 4.6
3.8
0
2.8
4.6 1.4
4.6
2.8
0
2.84.6
0
2.8
0.1
2.7
2.8
1.4
0
2.4
1.4
3.0
2.8
1.2
2.7
0
2.7
0
1.4
2.6
2.8
2.8
0.1
0
1.4
1.4
2.8
2.8
0
2.8 0.8 2.8 0.90.9 1.42.8 1.42.8 2.81.4
2.5 0.3 2.8 2.8 0 2.8 0 0 0
97
8
6
5
4
1
2
3
XXR2139
0R2175
100pCH
C2117
XXC2135
0R2146
XX
R21
10
NDS356APQ2104
R216610k
10kR2148
XP4601-TXEQ2101
0.01uC2109
XXR2154
100kR2124
1uC2133
10R
2137
XX
R21
09
0R2123
0.1uC2107
0.001uC2116
XXF
C2122
XXQ2108
20122.2uC2112
0.01uC2108
820kR2160
XXR2151
15kR2114
0.01uC2114
20VTA
3.3u
A
C2123
XXR2125
XXR2140
252010uHL2103
CN2101
1XCS_LCD_DRIVER/TP_R
2LCD_COM/XDATA/TP_L
3XOSD_SCK/N.C.
4OSD_SO/TP_BOT
5KEY_AD7/TP_TOP
6EVER_3.0V/N.C.
7UNREG
8UNREG_GND
XXC2136
XXL2105
0R2169
XXR2145
10R
2134
XXD2103
XXF
C2121
XX
C21
06
MA111-TXD2101
0.01uC2130
UN9213J-(TX).SOQ2102
XXR2152
0R2173
± 0.5%XX
R2128
0.01
uB
C21
03
XXD2105
0.1uC2128
0R2153
2.2uC2119
XXQ2106
1MR2157
68k
R21
17
252010uHL2102
XP4601-TXEQ2103
7PCN2103
1REG_GND/N.C.
2XCS_LCD_DRIVER/TP_R
3LCD_COM/XDATA/TP_L
4XOSD_SCK/N.C.
5OSD_SO/TP_BOT
6KEY_AD7/TP_TOP
7EVER_3.0V/N.C.
0R2174
XXR2142
XXQ2105
0R2168
XXR2171
5PCN2105
1 VG
2 COM
3 GND
4 PSIG
5 HSY
10kR2143
0R2163
22kR2118
0.01uC2110
0.1uC2127
1MR2122
68kR2119
2SB1462J-QR(K8).SOQ2109
Q21112SD2216J-QR(K8).SO
100kR2170
XX
C21
32
2.2uC2120
XXC2137
XXR2150
150kR2159
470kR2111
470kR2144
XXR2155
TA
10u6.3V
C2104
P
IC2101RB5P004AM1
XS
H.S
AV
E
1
SH
_R
2
SH
_G
3
SH
_B
4
SH
_A
5
N.C
/GN
D
6
BIA
S
7
OP
_IN
+
8
OP
_IN
-
9
OP
_OU
T
10
VC
O
11
CO
M_D
C
12
COM_IN 13
COM_OUT 14
Vcc3 15
VREF 16
GND1 17
GND2/N.C 18
G_DC_DET 21
R_DC_DET 19
VR 20
VG 22
B_DC_DET 23
VB 24
Vcc
2
25
P_D
C_D
ET
26
VP
27
XV
P.S
AV
E
28
PFR
P
29
FRP
30
PR
G
31
BLA
CK
_IN
32
BG
P
33
N.C
34
EXT_
DA
35
R_I
NJE
CT
36
C_BG/N.C37
XC.SAVE38
XSCK39
SI40
XCS41
Vcc142
XP.SAVE45
LPF_ADJ44
TRAP_ADJ43
B_IN46
G_IN47
R_IN48
0R2129
10R
2136
0R2113
2.7uHL2104
XXC2134
0.01uC2124
0R2165
0R2176
TA3.3u 20VC2115
A
0.1uC2105
RD3.3UM-T1BD2104
XX
Q21
07
1T369-01-T8AD2102
XXR2127
560pCH
C2111
47kR2116
0.01uC2125
24PCN21041 TEST2/SMON1
2 RGT/SLR
3 B/VB
4 R/VR
5 G/VG
6 PSIG/PVID
7 HCK1/GUD
8 HCK2/PCTL
9 CRext/PCTLB
10 SOUT/GPWC
11 REF/GPWCB
12 HST/GCK
13 WIDE/GCKB
14 CS/GSPB
15 VVSSG/GSP
16 VDDG/GVCC
17 VSS/GND
18 VDD/SVDD
19 DWN/SCKB
20 EN/SCK
21 VCK/SSPB
22 VST/SSP
23 COM/SMON2
24 TEST1/COMCNT
XXR2135
XXC2131
0.1uC2113
100
R21
38
252022uHL2101
XXR2161
TA
22u6.3V
C2101
A
IC2103CXD3505R-T4
HD
1
HD
O
2
XW
RT
3
BL
4
DET
IN
5
GN
D/T
EST
6
TES
TI/G
ND
7
LED
8
PW
M
9
TES
T/G
PW
C
10
TES
T/G
PW
CB
11
TES
T/G
SP
B
12
NC/GSP 13POFF 14
RGT/SLR 15
HCK1/GUD 16
HCK2/PCTL 17
HST/GCK 18
DWN/SCKB 21
VDD/PCTLB 19
WIDE/GCKB 20
EN/SCK 22
VCK/SSPB 23
VST/SSP 24
XS
TBY
25
OS
CO
26
OS
CI
27
XC
SA
VE
28
RP
D
29
TES
TI/V
DD
30
GN
D
31
SH
A
32
SH
B
33
SH
G
34S
HR
35
XC
LR
36
XCLP37
PRG38
SBLK39
FRP40
PFRP41
XSCK42
SO45
XCS44
VDD/SMON143
SI46
VDO/SMON247
XVD48
32164.7u
C2126
68kR2158
2700
R21
15
0R2162
CN2100
1PANEL_B
2PANEL_G
3PANEL_R
4REG_GND
5PANEL_2.8V
6PANEL_13.5V
7PANEL_4.6V
8XHI_SCK
9XCS_PANEL
10HI_SO
11REG_GND
12XVD
13XHD
14PANEL_15.5V
XXR2149
470kR2112
XXR2141
0.1uC2102
2.2uC2118
0R2172
± 0.5%XX
R2126
0R2147
XXC2138
Q2112XP4313-(TX).SO
LND281
PANEL_UNREG
100R2183
PG1111R-TRD2181
1kR2182
0R2184
4700R2181
0.1uC2186
0.01uC2182
4.7uHL2181
10u6.3V
C2185
PTA
LND282
VDD
UN9214J-(K8).SOQ2181
0.01uC2184
XXR2185
LND284
BL_PWM
100uHL2182
LND285
DET
LND283
UNREG_GND
UN9112J-(K8).SOQ2183
XXR2186
22uC2181
B16V
TA
22uC2183
B16V
TA
2SA1832F-Y/GR(TPL3)Q2182
1
A
R2177100k
R2178100k
R2179100k
R21
8010
0k
R21
290
PFR
P
SH
4
VB
VG
TG12
VR
VR
VG
TG17
TG21
VB
TG18
TG20
TG22
PR
G
TG16
VP
TG13
XC.SAVE
TG14
FRP
TG15
BLK
TG11
BG
P
TG10
TG23
XHI_SCK
XC
.SA
VE
XP.
SA
VE
XCS_PANEL
XTG_SO
VP
XP.SAVE
SH
1
TG24
SH
2
SH
3
TG10
TG11
TG12
TG24
TG23
TG19
TG20
TG18
TG15
TG14
TG13
BGP
PRG
BLK
FRP
PFRP
XHI_SCK
XCS_PANEL
XTG_SO
SH
4
SH
3
SH
2
SH
1
XHI_SO
XVD
XHD
TG43
TG47
TG15
TG47
TG16
TG22
TG21
TG17
TG16
XHI_SO
XCS_PANEL
XHI_SCK
XHD
TG43
TG19
XVD
TOCK-093 BOARD
CN251
(SEE PAGE 4-61)
PD-126 BOARD
(SEE PAGE 4-61)
TOCK-093 BOARD
CN252
CPC
(FOR CHECK)
16
IC2101R,G,BDRIVE
TIMINGGENERATOR
IC2103
TOHL-011 BOARD
CN1701
(SEE PAGE 4-97)
BL_GND
DUMY_LND
BL_LOW
BL_HI
INVERTER UNIT
ND901
BACKLIGHT
Q2181,2182 SWITCH
(STARTER)
B
16
H
19
M
154
E
10 12 13
K
209 17
D
11
C
L
1473
I
2 6 18
J
5
F
8
G
XX MARK:NO MOUNT
PB
Y
RGB DRIVE/TG
CHROMA
REC
VIDEO SIGNAL
Y/CHROMA
SIGNAL PATH
-REF.NO.:20000 SERIES-
INV.
RESET
LED DRIVE
BIAS
BUFFER
BUFFER
B-SWITCHQ2102,2104
LCD901
COLORLCDUNIT
(Note)
Note : Resistor is mounted to the Location where C2129 is printed.
Note :The components identified bymark 0 or dotted line with mark0 are critical for safety.Replace only with part numberspecified.
Note :Les composants identifiés parune marque 0 sont critiquespour la sécurité.Ne les remplacer que par unepièce portant le numéro spécifié.
For Schematic Diagram• Refer to page 4-109 for waveforms.
DCR-VX2000/VX2000E
4-69 4-70ZOOM/FOCUS DRIVE
LA-026 (1/3)
NO MARK:REC/PB MODE R :REC MODE P :PB MODE
0
3.1
3.1 3.1
0
R1.9/P2.7R0.4/P0
R0/P0
0.7 0.9
0.9
0.9
0.9
1.23.1
R0.6/P0
R0.
7/P
0
R0.
7/P
0.2
0.1
0.1
0.7
0.7
0.1
0.6
3.2
0.9
0.9
0.9
2.7
2.7
0
2.7
2.7
0
2.7
R2.3/P2.7
R0.1/P2.7
0
2.7
0
02.7 0 5.2 0 0 0 R0.
4/P
1.4
0R0.4/P1.4
5.2 0.1
R0.
5/P
1.40.1 0.1 0.1 5.2 0
R2.
3/P
1.4 0
DIR_1A
68kR142
IRIS_COM
IRIS_PWM
DIR_0A
B0.1uC152
DIR_1B
EN0
MT_GND
REG_GND
DIR_0B
10u10V
A
C154
B0.1uC155
MT_5.2V
2SB1462J-QR(K8).SOQ140
1uC143
10uHL141
L140 10uH
EN1
68kR143
P4V22u
C157
B0.1uC156
2200
R15
7
B470pC147
22kR164
0.1uB
C145
470kR160470kR155
1kR150
470k
R15
6
NJM
324V
(TE2
)IC
141
1
OU
T1
2
IN1-
3
IN1+
4
Vcc
5
IN2+
6
IN2-
7
OU
T2
8
OU
T3
9
IN3-
10
IN3+
11
GN
D
12
IN4+
13
IN4-
14
OU
T4
330R163
1kR
162
2SD2216J-QR(K8).SOQ142
2200R152
MA
2S11
1-(K
8).S
OD
140
10kR166
1/10W0
R147
0.01uB
C151
0.22uB
C148
2200pB
C153
47kR167
0.01uB
C140
1kR16
5
10uHL142
1MR151
P4V22u
C158
0.47uB
C150
1kR161
4700pB
C142
B0.001uC149
B0.1uC146
10kR153
22kR159
2SD2216J-QR(K8).SOQ143
XXR149
15k
R15
8
220kR154
IRIS_OFFSET
IRIS_GAIN
HALL_AD
D_3.1V
C1410.01u
B
R14847k
D_2.8V
ZM_FC_LED
FB140
C144XX
IC14
0U
PD
1687
7MA
-6A
5-E2
1
VM
1
2
OU
T1A
3
PG
ND
4
OU
T2A
5
OU
T3A
6
PG
ND
7
OU
T4A
8
VM
4
9
IN1
10
EN1
11
IN2
12
EN2
13
IN3
14
EN3
15
IN4
16
EN4
17
OU
T4B
18P
GN
D19
OU
T3B
20
VM
23
21
OU
T2B
22
PG
ND
23
OU
T1B
24
VD
D
Q141UN9213J-(K8).SO10k
R141
1kR140
68kR144
68kR145
68kR146
IC14
2TA
75S
01F(
TE85
R)
1 2 3
45
R168
± 0.5%47k
± 0.5%18k
R169
± 0.5%470R170
B0.1uC159
CH47p
C160
56kR185
56kR177
CH47pC161
10k
R18
0
1kR181
BU9241FS-E2IC143
1 F0
2 F1
3 CTL1
45
67
8 FG
9 MM
10 GND 11GND
1213DIR
1415
1617
18CTL2
1920VDD
1kR173
10k
R17
2
10k
R17
1
B0.22uC163
560R178
1kR182
10k
R17
9 BU9241FS-E2IC144
1 F0
2 F1
3 CTL1
45
67
8 FG
9 MM
10 GND 11GND
1213DIR
1415
1617
18CTL2
1920VDD
1kR174 B
0.22uC162
560R186
MF_F1
MZ_F0
MZ_F1
MF_F0
MZ_A
MZ_B
MF_A
MF_B
0.1uB
C170
10uHL143
P4V22u
C166
0R187
B470pC167
B470pC168
B470pC164 B
470pC165
SE601ENC03JB
123 4
6PCN600
1GND
2YS_REF
3YSD_OUT
4SE_VCC
5PSD_OUT
6PS_REF
B
C6000.1u
SE602
134 2
L60010uH
SE600ENC03JA
123 4
SE603
134 2
C601
P4V22u
39PCN050
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
YSD_OUT
XXR060
PSD_OUT
SE_VCC
ND_SENS_VCC
PS_REF
YS_REF
TEMP_OUT
ND_SW3
ND_SW2
ND_SW1
ZM_RST_SENS
FC_RST_SENS
1
A
ZM_B
ZM_A
FC_B
FC_A
FC_A
FC_B
ZM_A
ZM_B
FC_B
FC_B
FC_A
FC_A
ZM_A
ZM_B
ZM_B
ZM_A
YAW
XX
XX
PITCH
LA-026 BOARD(1/3)
16
IRIS DRIVE
IC141
IRIS DRIVE
IC142
IC144FOCUS
IC143ZOOM
ZOOM/FOCUS DRIVE
IC140
Q140,141 SWITCH
SE-108 BOARD10 TO(3/3)
8 TO(3/3)
7 TO(3/3)
6 TO(2/3)
29 TO(2/3,3/3)
9 TO(3/3)
11 TO(3/3)
TO(3/3)12
TO(3/3)13
TO(2/3)28
TO(3/3)14
15 TO(3/3)
HALL+
ND_SENS_VCC
FOCUS_A-
NC
BIAS+
PS_REF
NC
GND
FOCUS_A
ZOOM_A-
NDC
PSD_OUT
NC
NC
NC
BIAS-
TEMP_OUT
SE_VCC
FC_RST_SENS
NC
ZOOM_A
DRIVE-
GND
FOCUS_B-
ZOOM_B-
ZM_RST_SENS
DRIVE+
NC
YSD_OUT
HALL-
NC
NC
FZ_SENS_VCC
GND
NDB
YS_REF
FOCUS_B
ZOOM_B
NDA
LENSBLOCK
4 TO(2/3)
26 TO(3/3)
1 TO(2/3)
TO(2/3)2
TO(2/3)3
5 TO(2/3)
21 TO(3/3)
22 TO(3/3)
B
16
H
154
E
10 12 13
K
9 17
D
11
C
1473
I
2 6
J
5
F
8
G
18
XX MARK:NO MOUNT
ZOOM/FOCUS DRIVE(LA BLOCK)-REF.NO.:20000 SERIES-
VAP SENSOR-REF.NO.:1000 SERIES-XX MARK:NO MOUNT
DRIVER
BUFFER
For Schematic Diagram• Refer to page 4-75 for SE-108 printed wiring board.
DCR-VX2000/VX2000E
4-71 4-72VAP DRIVE
LA-026 (2/3)
For Schematic Diagram• Refer to page 4-67 for printed wiring board.
NO MARK:REC/PB MODE R :REC MODE P :PB MODE
R5.1/P0
R5.
1/P
0
R4.
4/P
0
R5.
1/P
0
R5.0/P0
R5.
1/P
0
0
0
R5.
0/P
0
2.7
R5.1/P0
R2.5/P0
R5.2/P0
5.2
R4.5/P5.2
R0/P5.2 R2.7/P0
R2.2/P0
R4.4/P0
R1.
3/P
0
R2.
2/P
0R
4.4/
P0 R1.
3/P
0
R4.4/P0 4.6
R3.
7/P
4.6
R0.1/P4.6R2.7/P0
R2.7/P0
R3.
1/P
0.1
R3.
1/P
2.4
3.1
R3.1/P0
R2.2/P0R
2.2/
P0
R2.
2/P
0R
4.4/
P0
R2.
2/P
6
R2.3/P0
R2.
2/P
0
R2.3/P0
R2.
2/P
0
R2.
2/P
0
R2.
2/P
0
R2.
2/P
0
R2.2/P6
R2.2/P0
R2.
2/P
0
R2.
2/P
0
R4.
5/P
0
R2.
2/P
0
R2.
2/P
0
R2.
2/P
0
R2.
2/P
0
R2.
2/P
0
R2.
2/P
0
0 0
R5.1/P0
R2.
4/P
0
R2.
2/P
0 R2.2/P0
R2.0/P0 R
2.2/
P0 R2.2/
P0
R2.
2/P
0
R5.1/P0
R2.
2/P
0
R2.2/P0
R2.3/P0
R2.
2/P
0R
2.2/
P0
R2.4/P3.1
R3.1/P0
3.1
R2.7/P0
R0.1/P2.7
R2.
0/P
2.7
2.7R2.7/P0.3
R0.
7/P
0
R0.
9/P
0
R1.
4/P
0
R1.
4/P
0
R1.
3/P
0
R1.
3/P
0
R1.
3/P
0
R1.
3/P
0
R0.
7/P
0
R0.
3/P
0
R1.
4/P
00
R1.
3/P
0
R1.
3/P
0
R1.
3/P
0
R1.
3/P
0 0
R2.
7/P
0.3
MT_GND
10uHL072
MT_5.2V
2SB1462J-QR(K8).SOQ073
P_PWM
A_4.6V
10u6.3V
P
C09447kR111
C08010u6.3V
P
2SB1462J-QR(K8).SOQ075
P_OUT
Y_PWM
1kR
110
Y_OUT
VAP_DD_ON
UN9213J-(K8).SOQ074
100uHL071
IC07
4N
JM34
03A
V(T
E2)
1
OU
T1
2
IN1-
3
IN1+
4
VC
C
5
IN2+
6
IN2-
7
OU
T2
8
OU
T3
9
IN3-
10
IN3+
11
GN
D
12
IN4+
13
IN4-
14
OU
T4
VP_LOCK_SENS
D_3.1V
IC075TC7SET04FU(TE85R)
12
345
IC072LB1830M-TLM
1 VCC
2 OUT2
3 GND
4 OUT1
5 VS 6VCONT
7VREF
8VM
9IN1
10IN2
VP_LOCK_DR
10uHL070
4.7u6.3V
P
C07947kR086
47kR087
100kR113
1/8W2.2
R085
4700R084
B0.1uC078
1kR116
10kR115
TC7SET04FU(TE85R)IC076
12
345
10u6.3V
P
C093
22kR100
B0.022uC091
22kR101
B0.047uC088
22kR102
B3300pC092
± 0.5%10kR096
B0.22uC085
± 0.5%100kR098
± 0.5%220kR095
XXC084
B3300pC089
B0.047uC087
B0.022uC090
22kR103
22kR104
22kR105
± 0.5%100kR099
± 0.5%10kR097
B0.22uC086
± 0.5%220kR093
XXC083
NJM
324V
(TE2
)IC
073
1
OU
T1
2
IN1-
3
IN1+
4
VC
C
5
IN2+
6
IN2-
7
OU
T2
8
OU
T3
9
IN3-
10
IN3+
11
GN
D
12
IN4+
13
IN4-
14
OU
T4
± 0.5%47k
R088
± 0.5%47k
R089
IC07
1N
JM34
14A
V(T
E2)
1
OU
T1
2
IN1-
3
IN1+
4
GN
D
5
IN2+
6
IN2-
7
OU
T2
8
VC
C
± 0.5%10k
R082
B6800pC074
± 0.5%100kR080
± 0.5%15k
R083
B0.47uC077
± 0.5%10k
R079
± 0.5%10k
R076
± 0.5%6800R073
B0.1uC072
B1u
C076
± 0.5%820
R072
± 0.5%100kR092
XXR090
XXC082
± 0.5%100kR091
XXR094
XXC081
± 0.5%6800R071
B0.47uC075
± 0.5%100kR077
± 0.5%10k
R075
B0.1uC071
± 0.5%820R070
B68
00p
C07
3
NJM
3414
AV
(TE2
)IC
070
1
OU
T1
2
IN1-
3
IN1+
4
GN
D
5
IN2+
6
IN2-
7
OU
T2
8
VC
C
± 0.5%10kR078
± 0.5%10k
R074
± 0.5%15kR081
ND_MZ_LED
10kR114
1kR112
ND_SENS_VCC
22u4VP
C095
MF_LED
10kR120
2SB1462J-QR(K8).SOQ077
1kR118
100kR107
100kR109
68kR106
68kR108
B0.1uC070
UN
9213
J-(K
8).S
OQ
072
2SB1462J-QR(K8).SOQ070
2SB1462J-QR(K8).SOQ071
D07001BZA8.2(TE85L)
UN9213J-(K8).SOQ078
47kR119
2SA1588-OY-TE85LQ076
1kR117
10uHL073
4.7u6.3V
P
C097
B0.1uC096
B4.7uC100
B2.2uC099
B2.2uC098
2SA1588-OY-TE85LQ200
R208XX
PS_REF
R20322k
B
C2020.033u
C201
P4V22u
R2061M
PSD_OUT
2520
L20010uH
1kR210
R2091M
SE_VCCIC200
UPC6756GR-8JG-E2
1
PA
SS
2
OU
T1
3
AM
1
4
Vre
f1
5
HO
1
6
HI1
7
LO1
8
LIA
1
9
LIB
1
10
GN
D
11
LIB
2
12
LIA
2
13
LO2
14
HI2
15
HO
2
16
Vre
f2
17
AM
2
18
OU
T2
19
C_R
ESET
20
VC
C
R20122k
10kR211
B
C2050.022u
R20410k
C200
P4V22u
C213XX
R20510k
C210
B4V47u
YS_OUT
C211
B4V47u
B
C2060.022u
C208
B4V47u
UN9213J-(K8).SOQ201
C214
P4V22u
B
C2070.022uR202
22k
REG_GND
PS_OUT
C209
B4V47u
B
C2040.022u
YSD_OUT
C_RST
R20022k
B
C2150.1u
R207XX
YS_REF
C212XX
B
C2030.033u
27PCN0521
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
MF_F1
MZ_F0
MF_F0
MZ_F1
VP_TEMP
1
ALA-026 BOARD(2/3)
16
IC072VAP DRIVE
IC074VAP DRIVE
VAP DRIVE
IC073
Q076,078 SWITCH
BUFFER
IC075-076
Q073,074 SWITCH
Q072,075 SWITCH
SWITCH
IC070-071VAP DRIVE
BEADS
IC200
28 TO(1/3)
TO(3/3)19
27 TO(3/3)
TO(3/3)18
TO(1/3)6
20 TO(3/3)
5 TO(1/3)
23 TO(3/3)
17 TO(3/3)
Q200,201 SWITCH
24 TO(3/3)
25 TO(3/3)
4 TO(1/3)
29 TO(1/3,3/3)
LOCK+
MF_F1
Y_DRIV_B
P_DRIV_B
P_DUMP_A
Y_OUT
LOCK-
LOCK_SENS_IN
P_DRIV_A
Y_DRIV_A
LOCK_SENS_OUT
MZ_F0
MZ_F1
TEMP_OUT
NC
Y_DUMP_B
MF_VCC
MF_GND
MF_F0
MZ_VCC
P_OUT
NC
MZ_GND
P_DUMP_B
Y_DUMP_A
VAP_VCC
VAP_GND
TO(1/3)1
16 TO(3/3)
TO(1/3)3
2 TO(1/3)
ACTIVE PRISM
ACTUATOR
B
16
H
19154
E
10 12 13
K
9 17
D
11
C
L
1473
I
2 6 18
J
5
F
8
G
XX MARK:NO MOUNT
VAP DRIVE(LD BLOCK)-REF.NO.:20000 SERIES- Q070,071
PROTECT
±
DCR-VX2000/VX2000E
4-73 4-74
For Schematic Diagram• Refer to page 4-67 for printed wiring board.
KEY IN/CONNECTORLA-026 (3/3)
0
NO MARK:REC/PB MODE R :REC MODE P :PB MODE
0
27PCN053
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
R050XX
R0511200
R0521500
R0533300
R0546800
R05522k
Q050UN9211J-(K8).SO
DIR_0B
REG_GND
DIR_1B
FC_RST_SENS
MZ_A
VP_TEMP
P_OUT
VP_LOCK_SENS
DIR_1A
P_PWM
TEMP_OUT
IRIS_OFFSET
IRIS_PWM
IRIS_GAIN
PS_OUT
EN1
ND_SW1
DIR_0A
ZM_RST_SENS
YS_OUT
MZ_B
Y_PWM
ND_SW2
C_RST
EN0
ND_MZ_LED
80PCN051
1
3
5
7
9
11
13
15
17
19
21
23
25
27
29
31
33
35
37
39
41
43
45
47
49
51
53
55
57
59
61
63
65
67
69
71
73
75
77
79
2
4
6
8
10
12
14
16
18
20
22
24
26
28
30
32
34
36
38
40
42
44
46
48
50
52
54
56
58
60
62
64
66
68
70
72
74
76
78
80
HALL_AD
VAP_DD_ON
MF_LED
ZM_FC_LED
MF_B
Y_OUT
VP_LOCK_DR
A_4.6V
ND_SW3
IRIS_COM
MF_A
6PCN055
1
2
3
4
5
6
6PCN054
1
2
3
4
5
6
LND051
CH.GND
20121/10W
R056 XX
20121/10W
R057 XX
1/10W0
R058
20PCN056
1 DIAL_A
2 EXECUTE
3 GND
4 GND
5 GND
6 DIAL_B
7 GND
8 GND
9 D_2.8V
10 KEY_AD3
11 XACCESS_LED
12 N.C
13 GND
14 GND
15 VCC
16 VCC
17 BS
18 DIO
19 MS_IN
20 SCLK
2012XX
R061
2012XX
R062
0R063
XXR064
0R065
0R066 0R067
D_2.8V
1
2
3
4
5
6
1
2
3
4
5
6
D575MA8082-(K8).SO
D576MA8082-(K8).SO
D577MA8082-(K8).SO
R575XX
R576XX
LND576
CH.GND
LND575
CH.GND
LND550
CH.GND
D550MA8082-(K8).SO
S550
LND551
CH.GND
R551XX
S551
D551018ZA8.2(TE85L)
S552
D552MA8082-(K8).SO
R552XX
1
A
LOW_CUT_ON_CH2
XCUSTOM_PRESET
SIRCS_SEL1
SIRCS_SIG
SIRCS_PWM
LANC_SIG
SIRCS_SEL2
EXT_MIC_MONO
EXT_MIC_DET
R(CH2)IN
SHOE_UNREG
AU_4.6V
REG_GND
L(CH1)IN
TALLY_LED
F_TALLY_LED
REG_GND
SHOE_ID2
ZOOM_MIC_CONT
AU_2.8V
SHOE_UNREG
MT_GND
LOW_CUT_ON_CH2
REG_GND
DIR_1B
MF_B
MF_LED
MS_IN
REG_GND
MT_GND
REG_GND
ND_MZ_LED
HALL_AD
SCLK
P_OUT
DIR_0B
IRIS_PWM
CTRL_A
R(CH2)IN
SIRCS_PWM
IRIS_OFFSET
REG_GND
Y_PWM
D_2.8V
P_PWM
SIRCS_SEL1
VP_LOCK_DR
AU_4.6V
VAP_DD_ON
ND_SW2
VCC
SIRCS_SEL2
SHOE_UNREG
ND_SW3
ZM_FC_LED
A_4.6V
REG_GND
MT_5.2V
ZM_RST_SENS
EN1
EXT_MIC_MONO
MT_GND
IRIS_COM
AU_2.8V
DIO
MS_LED_ON
XCUSTOM_PRESET
MF_A
MT_5.2V
ZOOM_MIC_CONT
BS
LANC_SIG
SIRCS_SIG
VP_TEMP
TEMP_OUT
SHOE_UNREG
DIR_0A
TALLY_LED
EXECUTE(DIAL)
F_TALLY_LED
L(CH1)IN
LOW_CUT_ON_CH1
D_3.1V
SHOE_ID2
MZ_A
EXT_MIC_DET
SHOE_ID1
KEY_AD3
DIR_1A
VP_LOCK_SENS
PS_OUT
ND_SW1
YS_OUT Y_OUT
FC_RST_SENS
KEY_AD2
D_3.1V
C_RST
IRIS_GAIN
EN0
MZ_B
CTRL_B
LOW_CUT_ON_CH1
SHOE_ID1
MT_GND
MT_5.2V
D_3.1V
GND
GND
N.C.
FADER
BACK_LIGHT
SPOT_LIGHT
PUSH_AUTO
GND
GND
INDEX
INFINITY
AUTO
TOFK-076 BOARDCN501
(SEE PAGE 4-85)
TOKP-010 BOARDCN550
(SEE PAGE 4-81)
TOMK-014 BOARDCN001
(SEE PAGE 4-81)
(SEE PAGE 4-81)
TOMS-049 BOARDCN775
16
18 TO(2/3)
TO(2/3)16
TO(2/3)17
TO(1/3)11
19 TO(2/3)
13 TO(1/3)
20 TO(2/3)
TO(1/3)15
9 TO(1/3)
TO(1/3)8
27 TO(2/3)
29
TO(1/3,2/3)
26
TO(2/3)25
TO(1/3)
10 TO(1/3)
TO(2/3)24
12 TO(1/3)
TO(2/3)23
21 TO(1/3)
TO(1/3)22
14 TO(1/3)
TO VC-242 BOARD(18/18) CN023 (THROUGH THE FP-186 FLEXIBLE)
(SEE PAGE 4-50)
7 TO(1/3)
AUTO
GND
GND
PUSH_AUTO
N.C.
GND
FADER
GND
BACK_LIGHT
INDEX
SPOT_LIGHT
INFINITY
FP-189 FLEXIBLE
FADER BACK LIGHT SPOT LIGHT
FP-188 FLEXIBLE
B
16
H
19154
E
10 12 13 209 17
D
11
C
14 2173
I
2 6 185
F
8
G
XX MARK:NO MOUNT
SIGNAL
PB
AUDIO
LA-026 BOARD(3/3)KEY IN/CONNECTOR
REC
SIGNAL PATH
-REF.NO.:20000 SERIES-
INDEX MARK
PUSHAUTO
AUTO
INFINITY
MAN LED DRIVE
S501 S502 S503
DCR-VX2000/VX2000E
4-85 4-86CONTROL SWITCH
FK-076 / CF-4980
XXR501
XXR500
1200R504
1200R503
1500R507
1500R506
3300R509
560R505
560R508
560R511
D50
3
3300R510
6800R513
560R514
22kR515
6800R512
560R516
D50
5
D50
7
D50
9
D51
1D
510
D50
8
D50
6
D50
4
D50
2
D50
0D
501
560R502
27PCN500
1 MT_5.2V
2 MT_GND
3 MT_GND
4 SIRCS_SIG
5 SIRCS_SEL2
6 LANC_SIG
7 XCUSTOM_PRESET
8 SIRCS_PWM
9 TALLY_LED
10 SIRCS_SEL1
11 D_3.1V
12 SHOE_UNREG
13 SHOE_UNREG
14 AU_4.6V
15 F_TALLY_LED
16 AU_2.8V
17 LOW_CUT_ON_CH2
18 SHOE_ID1
19 LOW_CUT_ON_CH1
20 SHOE_ID2
21 ZOOM_MIC_CONT
22 EXT_MIC_MONO
23 EXT_MIC_DET
24 REG_GND
25 REG_GND
26 R(CH2)OUT
27 L(CH1)OUT
S501
S509
S508S505S503
S511S506S504
S510
S502S500 S507
LND500
SEIDEN LND
D51201ZA8.2(TPL3)
XXR517
36PCN501
1UNREG
2UNREG
3XSW_LED_VTR
4XSW_LED_VTR
5D_2.8V
6KEY_AD0
7KEY_AD1
8GND
9GND
10MT_5.2V
11MT_GND
12MT_GND
13SIRCS_SIG
14SIRCS_SEL2
15LANC_SIG
16XCUSTOM_PRESET
17SIRCS_PWM
18TALLY_LED
19SIRCS_SEL1
20D_3.1V
21SHOE_UNREG
22SHOE_UNREG
23F_TALLY_LED
24AU_4.6V
25LOW_CUT_ON_CH2
26AU_2.8V
27SHOE_ID1
28LOW_CUT_ON_CH1
29SHOE_ID2
30ZOOM_MIC_CONT
31EXT_MIC_MONO
32EXT_MIC_DET
33REG_GND
34REG_GND
35R(CH2)OUT
36L(CH1)OUT
1
A
STOP REW PLAY REC
PAUSE FF SLOW
EDIT SEARCH+
END_SEARCHAUDIO_DUB
TOMA-386 BOARDCN1103(THROUGH THE FP-202 FLEXIBLE)
(SEE PAGE 4-102)
TOVC-242 BOARD(12/18)
CN004(THROUGH THE
FP-200 FLEXIBLE)
(SEE PAGE 4-35)
TOLA-026 BOARD(3/3)
CN053(THROUGH THE
FP-200 FLEXIBLE)
B
H
4
E
109
D
C
732 65
F
8
G
16
FK-076 BOARD
XX MARK:NO MOUNT
SIGNAL
PB
AUDIO
CONTROL SWITCH
REC
SIGNAL PATH
-REF.NO.:1000 SERIES-
EDIT SEARCH-
(SEE PAGE 4-74)
14PCN011
1GND
2D_2.8V
3ZOOM_VR_AD
4XPHOTO_FREEZE
5XPHOTO_REC
6XS/S_SW
7XVTR_MODE_SW
8XCAM+STBY_SW
9PHOTO_STBY_SW
10XEJECT_SW
11GND
12XS/S_SW(LOW_ANGEL)
13LID_OPEN
14GND
1 GND
2 XEJECT_SW
3 PHOTO_STBY_SW
4 XCAM+STBY_SW
5 XVTR_MODE_SW
6 XS/S_SW
7 GND
8 GND
RV80020k
S811
1GND
2XEJECT_SW
3PHOTO_STBY_SW
4XCAM+STBY_SW
5XVTR_MODE_SW
6XS/S_SW
7GND
8GND
S812
1
2
3
45
6
7
8
9
10
S810 S806
1
A
PHOTO FREEZE
TOVC-242 BOARD(15/18)CN009
(SEE PAGE 4-44)
CONTROL SWITCH BLOCK(CF-4980)
START/STOP EJECT POWER DIALVTR
OFF
CAMERA
PHOTO
PHOTO REC
START/STOP
LID_OPEN
CONTROL SWITCH BLOCK(PS-4980)
B
4
E
D
C
32 65
F
16
CONTROL SWITCH BLOCK(CF-4980,PS-4980) arereplaced as a block.So that these PRINTED WIRING BOARD are omitted.
DCR-VX2000/VX2000E
4-89 4-90MIC IN
MI-038REMOTE
FT-090/
NO MARK:REC/PB MODE R :REC MODE P :PB MODE
R4.0/P5.2
5.2
R2.6/P0
R0.1/P4.0
NO MARK:REC/PB MODE R :REC MODE P :PB MODE
3.1
3.2
0
0
0
4.5
4.6
4.6
4.0
4.6
4.6
4.0
4.6
4.04.6
4.0
1.5
2.1
4.0
1.5
2.1
0
4PCN700
1
2
3
4
4PCN701
1
2
3
4
2SD2216J-QR(K8).SOQ705
B
6.3VTA
47uC706
10kR713
2SD2216J-QR(K8).SOQ706
10kR714
10kR715
2SD2216J-QR(K8).SOQ707
0.22uB
C709
2SD2216J-QR(K8).SOQ703
2SD2216J-QR(K8).SOQ701
± 0.5%1k
R701
± 0.5%24k
R702
± 0.5%1k
R700
± 0.5%91k
R705
± 0.5%91k
R703
± 0.5%24k
R704
100pCH
C700
100pCH
C701
0.22uB
C702
0.22uB
C703
UN5213-TXQ704
2SD999-T1-CLCKQ700
470R707
330R708
1/10W8.2
R706
10PCN702
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
UN5113-TXQ702
14PCN703
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
0R716
0R717
B10V
TA
33uC710
B10V
TA
33uC711
B6.3VXX
C712
100pCH
C704
100pCH
C705
XXR752
CL-200IR-X-TU-BCD751
47R751
LND751
CH_GND
0.2AF750
10u6.3VTAP
C750
680R750
RS-70-TUIC750 1 2
34
10PCN750
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
XXR753
UN9210J-(TX).SOQ750
BR1102W-TRD750
LND750
CH_GND
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14 1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
CN1101
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
S1
1
A
SIRCS_SIG1
SIRCS_PWM
MT_5.2V
F_TALLY_LED
D_3.1V
MT_GND
MT_GND
AU_4.6V
MIC_GND
INT_MIC_R
MIC_GND
INT_MIC_L
MIC_GND
MIC_GND
MIC_L_GND
INT_MIC_L1
INT_MIC_L2
MIC_GND
MIC_R_GND
MIC_GND
INT_MIC_R2
INT_MIC_R1
SIRCS_SIG1
SIRCS_DRV_CL
F_TALLY_LED
MT_5.2V
D_3.1V
MT_GND
MT_GND
MT_GND
MT_GND
MT_GND
MT_5.2V
MT_GND
D_3.1V
MT_GND
MT_GND
MT_GND
SIRCS_SIG1
SIRCS_DRV_CL
MT_GND
F_TALLY_LED
REMOTE COMMANDER RECEIVER
IC750
16
TALLY
INT_MIC_R
MIC_GND
MIC_GND
D_3.1V
MIC_GND
F_TALLY_LED
AU_4.6V
INT_MIC_L
SIRCS_SIG1
MIC_GND
SIRCS_PWM
MT_5.2V
MT_GND
MT_GND
MT_5.2V
F_TALLY_LED
D_3.1V
(SEE PAGE 4-101)
TOMA-386 BOARDCN1100
MT_GND
SIRCS_SIG1
MT_GND
N.C.
MIC_GND
MIC_GND
MIC_GND
SIRCS_PWM
AU_4.6V
INT_MIC_L
INT_MIC_R
MIC_GND
FP-199 FLEXIBLE
Q700,702,704 CIROS PWM
MIC901 (L)
MIC902 (R)
SC2
R-CH(3)
SB2
SD3
L-CH(2)
SD2
SA1
R-DET(11)
SD1
SA2
GND.L-DET(1.10)
SB1
N.C.
SB3
SC3
SW_COM(5)
SW_PULL_OUT_JACK(4)
SA3
SW_INSERT_JACK(6)
SC1
TOMA-386 BOARDCN1101
LINE
FP-198 FLEXIBLE
FT-090 BOARD MI-038 BOARD
B
154
E
10 12 139
D
11
C
14732 65
F
8
XX MARK:NO MOUNT
SIGNAL
PB
AUDIO
REMOTE
REC
SIGNAL PATH
-REF.NO.:1000 SERIES- -REF.NO.:1000 SERIES-
MIC IN
XX MARK:NO MOUNT
Q701,703,705MIC B+ SWITCH
BUFFER
BUFFER
LINE
J001
MIC
G
(SEE PAGE 4-101)
Note :The components identified bymark 0 or dotted line with mark0 are critical for safety.Replace only with part numberspecified.
Note :Les composants identifiés parune marque 0 sont critiquespour la sécurité.Ne les remplacer que par unepièce portant le numéro spécifié.
DCR-VX2000/VX2000E
4-93 4-94BACK LIGHT
LB-065
1
NO MARK:REC/PB MODE R :REC MODE P :PB MODE
R0.
4/ P0
R4.6/P0
R4.5/P0
R0.2/P0
R4.6/P0
10VTA
33uC201
B
LND200
A
2200pB
C203
3216
L20147uH3225
L200
LND201
A
FX216-TL1Q200
XXD201
C202
3216
4.7uB
T200
1
5
3
4
2
6
10
TC7SET08FU(TE85R)IC200
12
3 45
1608XX
R202
0.1u
16
52
3
4
B
C200
XXR201
16PCN201
1 COM
2 G
3 R
4 B
5 BLK
6 HCK1
7 HCK2
8 HST
9 RGT
10 DCG/CLR
11 EN
12 STB
13 VCK2
14 VST
15 VSS
16 VDD
D200CL-170R-CD-T
R200390
27PCN200
1COM
2G
3R
4B
5BLK
6HCK1
7HCK2
8HST
9RGT
10DCG/CLR
11EN
12STB
13VCK2
14VST
15VSS
16VSS
17VDD
18EVF_BL_GND
19EVF_BL_GND
20EVF_BL_4.75V
21EVF_BL_4.75V
22XTALLY_LED
23DET
24LED_K
25PWM
26N.C
27N.C
160882
R203
10kR204
1N.C
2N.C
3PWM
4LED_K
5DET
6XTALLY_LED
7EVF_BL_4.6V
8EVF_BL_4.6V
9EVF_BL_GND
10EVF_BL_GND
11EVF_VCC
12VSS
13VSS
14VST
15VCK2
16STB
17EN
18DCG/GLR
19RGT
20HST
21HCK2
22HCK1
23BLK
24B
25R
26G
27COM 1 COM
2 G
3 R
4 B
5 BLK
6 HCK1
7 HCK2
8 HST
9 RGT
10 DCG/CLR
11 EN
12 STB
13 VCK2
14 VST
15 VSS
16 VSS
17 VDD
18 EVF_BL_GND
19 EVF_BL_GND
20 EVF_BL_4.75V
21 EVF_BL_4.75V
22 XTALLY_LED
23 DET
24 LED_K
25 PWM
26 N.C
27 N.C
1
A
R205100k
R206100k
R207100k
R208100k
VCC
10uH2520
SB:U8554
SB:B0758
LB-065 BOARD
16
FP-193FLEXIBLE
LCD903
LCDUNIT
ND200BACKLIGHT
(SEE PAGE 4-34)
TOVC-242 BOARD(11/18)CN002
B
4
E
10 129
D
11
C
732 65
F
8
G
XX MARK:NO MOUNT
SIGNAL
PB
AUDIO
INVERTER
IC200
Y
BACK LIGHT
CHROMA
REC
VIDEO SIGNAL
Y/CHROMA
SIGNAL PATH
-REF.NO.:1000 SERIES-
INVERTER
Note :The components identified bymark 0 or dotted line with mark0 are critical for safety.Replace only with part numberspecified.
Note :Les composants identifiés parune marque 0 sont critiquespour la sécurité.Ne les remplacer que par unepièce portant le numéro spécifié.
For Schematic Diagram• Refer to page 4-109 for waveform.
DCR-VX2000/VX2000E
4-97 4-98LCD DRIVE
HL-011
1
NO MARK:REC/PB MODE R :REC MODE P :PB MODE
1.5
1.9
2.9
2.8
0.1
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.50
2.9
BU9735K-E2IC1701
1 OSC1
2 OSC2
3 VSS
4 VC
5 VLCD
6 VDD
7 SCK
8 SO
9
XC
S
10
C/X
D
11
CO
M1
12
CO
M2
13
CO
M3
14
CO
M4
15
SEG
1
16
SEG
2
17SEG3
18SEG4
19SEG5
20SEG6
21SEG7
22SEG8
23SEG9
24SEG10
25
SEG
11
26
SEG
12
27
SEG
13
28
SEG
14
29
SEG
15
30
SEG
16
31
SEG
17
32
SEG
18
680kR1704
0.01uB
C1701
7PCN1701
1REG_GND
2XCS_LCD_DRIVER
3LCD_COM/XDATA
4XOSD_SCK
5OSD_SO
6KEY_AD7
7EVER_3.0V
R17011200
R17021500
R17033300
21PCN1703
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
D17
01M
A80
82-(
K8)
.S0
5PCN1702
1KEY_AD7
2KEY_AD7_S1
3REG_GND
4KEY_AD7_S2
5KEY_AD7_S3
1 KEY_AD7
2 KEY_AD7_S1
3 REG_GND
4 KEY_AD7_S2
5 KEY_AD7_S3
1 REG_GND
2 XCS_LCD_DRIVER
3 LCD_COM/XDATA
4 XOSD_SCK
5 OSD_SO
6 KEY_AD7
7 EVER_3.0V
1REG_GND
2XCS_LCD_DRIVER
3LCD_COM/XDATA
4XOSD_SCK
5OSD_SO
6KEY_AD7
7EVER_3.0V
S004
S003
S002
S001
1
A
SEG6
CO
M3
SEG7
CO
M2
CO
M1
SEG8
SEG9
SEG10
SEG
11
SEG
16
SEG
15
SEG
14
SEG
13
SEG
2
SEG3
SEG
1S
EG12
CO
M4
SEG4
SEG5
COM1
COM2
SEG2
SEG3
SEG4
SEG5
SEG6
SEG7
SEG8
SEG9
SEG10
SEG11
SEG12
SEG13
SEG14
SEG1
SEG16
SEG15
COM3
COM4
SEG7
SEG11
COM1
SEG5
SEG1
SEG12
COM2
SEG4
SEG2
SEG13
COM3
SEG15
SEG8
SEG3
SEG14
COM4
SEG16
SEG9
N.C
SEG6
SEG10LCD
CHARACTORDISPLAY
FP-195FLEXIBLE
TOPD-126 BOARD
CN2103
(SEE PAGE 4-65)
FP-196FLEXIBLE
B
4
E
10 12 139
D
11
C
732 65
F
8
HL-011 BOARD
16
XX MARK:NO MOUNT
LCD DRIVE
LCD DRIVE
IC1701
-REF.NO.:20000 SERIES-
VOLUME-
VOLUME+
LCD BRIGHT-
LCD BRIGHT+
For Schematic Diagram• Refer to page 4-110 for waveform.
DCR-VX2000/VX2000E
4-101 4-102AUDIO AMP
MA-386
1.4
1.4
2.3
1.4
0 1.4
1.4
1.4
1.4
1.4
1.4
1.4
1.4
1.4
2.7
2.8
1.4
2.8
2.7
0
1.8
1.4
1.2
1.4
1.4
1.4
1.4
1.4
1.4
1.4
1.4
1.4
1.4
1.4
1.4
1.4
2.2
1.4
2.3
1.4
NO MARK:REC/PB MODE R :REC MODE P :PB MODE
R0.1/P4.0
R2.
6/P
0
R4.9/P5.2
5.2
RS-70-TUIC1102
1 2
34
10u6.3VTA P
C1109
47R1125
6.3V10u
C1106
P
BR1102W-TRD1105
S1100
LND1101
CH_GND
LND1100
CH_GND
MA111-(K8).S0D1107
MA111-(K8).S0D1109
MA111-(K8).S0D1110
100kR1130
10kR1128
10kR1129
1kR1127
1kR1126
UN9210J-(TX).SOQ1104
680R1121
XXR1124
0R1123
0R1122
MA111-(K8).S0D1108
MA8082-(K8).S0D1106
27PCN1103
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
47kR1101
68R1131
100kR1102
01BZA8.2D1104
CN1100
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
01BZA8.2D1116
01BZA8.2D1111
CN1101
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
CN1102
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
XXCN1106
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
XXR1136
68R1104
100kR11056.3V
10u
P
C1107
01BZA8.2D1112
47kR1103
0.068uB
C1188
10kR1167
± 0.5%11k
R1162
CH0.001uC1163
8.2kR1171
8.2kR1168
P6.3V10u
C1157
10kR1155
B0.022uC1152
6.8kR1170
B0.068uC1172
1608
BXXC1176
B1uC1181
XXC1164
B0.022uC1180
P6.3V10u
C1155
10kR1182
4.7kR1173
B0.01uC1173
XXR1166
33kR1174
B0.1u
C1167
B0.001uC1160
10kR1154
B1u
C1184
BXX
C11741608
0.068uB
C1187
33kR1179
B0.022uC1150
XXR1156
± 0.5%11k
R1164
TA
10u6.3V
C1182
P
B0.068u
C1171
B0.1u
C1169
XXC1161
18kR1178
B0.1uC1165
10kR1181
6.8kR1159
6.8kR1163
B0.1u
C1186
18kR1152
1kR1177
0.22u FC1183
CH470pC1158
± 10%10uHL1150
6.8kR1180
1kR
1160
6.8kR1157
B0.1u
C1170
CH470p
C1159
10kR1165
B0.01uC1177
CH0.001uC1162
B0.047uC1151
B0.1u
C1185
B0.1u
C1166
B0.1u
C1168
0.01uB
C1153
B0.022uC1179
33kR1153
B0.022uC1178
± 0.5%5.6k
R1169
33kR1175
6.8kR1158
B0.001uC1156
B0.022uC1175
AN2901FHQ-EBIC1150
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12
1314
1516
1718
1920
2122
2324
252627282930313233343536
3738
3940
4142
4344
4546
4748
1kR
1161
4.7kR1172
B0.047uC1154
33kR1176
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
8P
1 SHOE_UNREG
2 LANC_SIG
3 SHOE_ID1
4 SHOE_ID2
5 SHOE_MIC_R
6 SHOE_MIC_GND
7 SHOE_MIC_L
8 SHOE_UNREG_GND
1
A
SIRCS_SIG1
SIRCS_PWM
F_TALLY_LED
SIRCS_PWM
LANC_SIG
LANC_SIG
SHOE_ID1
SHOE_ID2
F_TALLY_LED
SHOE_ID2
SHOE_ID1
SIRCS_SIG1
REAR REMOCON
AU_2.8V
EXT_MIC_DET
SHOE_ID1
REG_GND
SIRCS_SEL2
L(CH1)OUT
ZOOM_MIC_CONT
XCUSTOM_PRESET
SIRCS_SEL1
SHOE_UNREG
REG_GND
LANC_SIG
SIRCS_SIG
TALLY_LED
AU_4.6V
SIRCS_PWM
SHOE_UNREG
LOWCUT_ON_CH1
EXT_MIC_MONO
SHOE_ID2
F_TALLY_LED
LOWCUT_ON_CH2
R(CH2)OUT
MT_5.2V
MT_GND
D_3.1V
C/P
MT_GND
SIRCS_SIG1
MT_5.2V
F_TALLY_LED
D_3.1V
MT_GND
MIC_GND
INT_MIC_R
INT_MIC_L
AU_4.6V
SIRCS_PWM
MIC_GND
MIC_GND
MT_GND
SHOE_UNREG
SHOE_UNREG
LANC_SIG
SHOE_ID1
SHOE_ID2
SHOE_MIC_GND
SHOE_MIC_L
SHOE_UNREG_GND
SHOE_UNREG_GND
MIC_GND
N.C.
SHOE_ID1
D_3.1V
SHOE_UNREG
REG_GND
MT_GND
MT_5.2V
MT_GND
LOWCUT_ON_CH2
LOWCUT_ON_CH1
SHOE_UNREG
F_TALLY_LED
R(CH2)OUT
L(CH1)OUT
REG_GND
REG_GND
SIRCS_SIG1
AU_4.6V
N.C.
REG_GND
REG_GND
J4
N.C.(J7)
J5
J6
J1(J3)
N.C.(RCH_DET)
SD2
SD3
SC3
SC2
SC1
SA1
SA2
SA3
SB1
SB2
SB3
SD1
N.C.
J2
SHOE_UNREG
SHOE_UNREG
SHOE_UNREG_GND
SHOE_UNREG_GND
SHOE_MIC_GND
SHOE_MIC_GND
MT_5.2V
TOMI-038 BOARD
CN703(THROUGH THE
FP-199 FLEXIBLE)
(SEE PAGE 4-90)
(SEE PAGE 4-90)
TOFP-198 FLEXIBLE
CN1101
ZOOM_BAL
AM
P_O
UT_
RM
OD
E_C
TL_2
NC
SG
_IN
_L
HP
F_A
MP
_IN
_R
EXT_
IN_L
L_OUT
SU
B_I
N_L
MIC_MONO
GND
C_1/2VCC
REG
_2.5
V
MIX_OUT
MO
DE_
CTL
_1
GND
MTX
_AM
P_O
UT_
R
NC
ZOOM_AMP_IN
MTX
_AM
P_O
UT_
L
HP
F_O
UT_
L
EXT_MIC
VCC
NC
INV
T_O
UT_
L
HP
F_O
UT_
R
INT_
IN_R
EXT_
IN_R
R_OUT
NC
AM
P_O
UT_
L
MTX
_AM
P_I
N_L
SU
B_S
IG_O
UT_
R
HPF_ON/OFF
REG
_2.5
V
ZOOM_POSI
SUB_IN_R
SG
_IN
_R
C_REG SU
B_S
IG_O
UT_
L
HPF_AMP_IN_L
INT_
IN_L
MTX
_AM
P_I
N_R
INV
T_O
UT_
R
ZOOM_AMP_OUT
SHOE_MIC_GND
SHOE_MIC_L
SHOE_UNREG
SHOE_UNREG
SHOE_UNREG_GND
SHOE_UNREG
SHOE_UNREG
SHOE_UNREG_GND
LANC_SIG
SHOE_UNREG_GND
SHOE_ID1
SHOE_UNREG_GND
SHOE_ID2
SHOE_MIC_GND
SHOE_MIC_GND
INTELLIGENT ACCESSORY SHOE
FP-201 FLEXIBLE
MA-386 BOARD
16
B
16
H
M
154
E
10
N
12 13
K
9 17
D
11
C
L
1473
I
2 6 18
J
5
F
8
G
TOFK-076 BOARDCN500(THROUGH THEFP-202 FLEXIBLE)
(SEE PAGE 4-85)
TALLY
IC1150MIC AMP
IC1102REMOTE COMMANDER
RECEIVER
XX MARK:NO MOUNTSIGNAL
PB
AUDIO
AUDIO AMP
REC
SIGNAL PATH-REF.NO.:20000 SERIES-
DCR-VX2000/VX2000E
4-105 4-106DC/DC CONVERTER
DD-138 (1/2)
0
8.48.4
8.48.4
0
0
2.7
8.4
8.4
2.3
8.4
0
0
2.7
8.3 8.3
0.2
8.4
9.7
0
0
2.5
0.8
8.4
11.7
4.1
0.8
2.3
3.2
2.3
8.4
11.0
8.4
10.6
2.9
3.2
1.9
3.4
3.2
1.9
8.3
11.1
8.4
2.9
10.5
2.8
2.9
8.4
5.2
7.9
7.4
2.9
2.4
5.2
2.9
2.5 -3.2
08.4
011.2
4.6
8.4 1.9
9.7
4.6
0.5
0.3
0.3
1.0
1.5
0.7
0.7
1.2
2.5
2.5
8.4
2.9
2.9
0
0
2.5
2.5
1.2
1.2
2.5
2.5
0.7
2.5
6.9
8.2
6.9
0.4
0.3
0.2
12.1
2.8
2.9
4.9
10.5
11.1
11.2
7.1
10.9
3.2
4.9
11.8
10.5
4.1
12.3
3.4
2.5
1.2
7.1
1.6
1.2
1.9
9.4
1.2
1.2
1.1
1.1
2.0
1.2
0.5
0.5
1.4
1
8 7
6
5
4
3
2
NO MARK:REC/PB MODE R :REC MODE P :PB MODE
2.4
22kR305
SI4963DY-T1Q301
2SB
1122
-ST-
TDQ
302
47kR313
22uHL302
470kR303
22kR312
1kR310
B10V1u
C326
0.047uB
C302
MA
8082
-(K
8).S
0D
301
22kR308
MT_5.2V
L30022uH
10u16VTAB
C313
D_1.9V
47kR350
C3444.7u
B2012
A
10VTA
10uC339
C3404.7u
B2012
22u16VTAB
C308
MA8120-TXD300
2SD2216J-QQ315
3300p BC325
SI2304DS-T1Q319
F3031.4A
T301
1
2
3
4 5
6
7
8
2SB1581-T1Q316
F3041.4A
T300
1
2
3
4 5
6
7
8
± 0.5%27k
R352
C3364.7u
10V B3216
22u16VTAB
C314
10kR351
3300p BC331
L30422uH
4700R311
2SB1462J-QQ317
SI2304DS-T1Q322
MA
8082
-(K
8).S
0D
302
± 0.5%33k
R354
33kR322
F3021.4ALF300
XX
2SD2216J-QQ324
0.001uB
C319
C3434.7u
B2012
F3001.4A
22u16VTAB
C316
0.001uB
C315
C3454.7u
B2012
F3011.4A
470p
BC
318
R35547k
22u16VTAB
C310
220R337
47kR323
MB4488PFV-G-BND-ERIC300
12345678910111213141516
1718
1920
2122
2324
2526
2728
2930
3132
33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48
4950
5152
5354
5556
5758
5960
6162
6364
2012XX BC306
0.1u BC301
0.047uB
C303
1kR300
3300p BC332
10kR329
DRUM_ERROR
3300p BC329
33kR330
4.6V
2200p BC327
100R345
100R349
100R343
0.1uB
C307
10V
DRUM_VS
22k
R32
6
13.5V
100R342
0.04
7uB
C31
2
3300p BC328
C3234.7u
B
B10V1u
C322
D_3.1V
470p BC311
REG_GND
C3244.7u
B
CPH6702-TLQ314
22kR319
CPH6702-TLQ313
CPH6702-TLQ312
C3424.7u
B2012
32160
R302
2200pB
C304
D_1.9V
10k
R32
4
CPH6702-TLQ311
22uHL303
-VCAM
CPH6702-TLQ310
4.7u10V B
3216
C335
32160
R301
220pB
C320
SSM3K03FE(TPL3)Q304
3300p BC330
2SD
1462
J-Q
Q30
6
100pCH
C321
100R348
MA
8082
-(K
8).S
0D
303
2200
pB
C31
7
4700R314
SI2304DS-T1Q321
1kR346
UN9213J-(K8).SOQ307
1kR347
1SS388(TPL3)D308
4.7u10V B
3216
C337
4.7uC349
B3216
100p
CH
C30
9
± 0.5%R339 3900
10k
R32
0
1500± 0.5%
R353
± 0.5%R334 56k
R344 47
± 0.5%R338 12k
C3334.7u
10V B3216
CAP_ERROR
R33347k
SI2304DS-T1Q318
XXD309
± 0.5%68kR328
± 0.5%47k
R318
C3464.7u
B3216
VTR_DD_ON
22kR316
4.7u10V B
C334
3216
C3414.7u
B2012
L30522uH
± 0.5%22k
R317
± 0.5%33k
R321
± 0.5%47k
R325
XXC347
± 0.5%47k
R327
± 0.5%22k
R331
R35622k
± 0.5%R341 220k
SI2304DS-T1Q320
± 0.5%R336 100k
Q325UN9213J-(K8).SO
± 0.5%R340 3900
Q323SI2304DS-T1
± 0.5%R335 22k
CPH6702-TLQ309
L30133uH
1SS388(TPL3)D311
± 0.5%5600R332
F3051.4A
0.01uB
C305
32161/8W
10R306
LND300 A
1kR315
1SS
388(
TPL3
)D
304
1MR304
22kR309
LND301 A
UN
9213
J-(K
8).S
OQ
303
22kR307
SSM3K03FE(TPL3)Q300
0.022uB
C300
16V
RB501V-40TE-17D306
RB501V-40TE-17D305
RB501V-40TE-17D307
CT
4PCN300
1
2
3
4
3PCN301
1
2
3
MCH6202-TLQ305
0R396
LND302 A
LND303 A
LND304 A
LND305 A
LND306 A
LND307 A
R397270k
P_UNREG_GND
XXR398
10u
TA20V
B
C375
20120
R399
1SS388(TPL3)D312
1SS388(TPL3)D313
CPH6102-TLQ308
4700R400
XXR395
XX1608
R357
01608
R375
01608
R377
XX1608
R387
2.2u
TA35V
B
C37610u
TA20V
B
C350
D_3.1V
2.8V
AU_8.0V
CAP_VS
15.5V
SHOE_UNREG
VTR_UNREG
FAST_CHARGE
CHARGE_INH
BATT/XEXT_SW
BATT_SIG
BATT_UNREG
INIT_CHARGE_ON
1
A
CH-6
CH-4
CH-1
CH-3
CH-2
CHOKE
CAP VS
CHOKE
DRUM VS
CHOKE
CHOKE
CHOKE
D_1.9V
CH-5
CH-7
CHOKE
D_3.1V
2.8V
VSS(O) 567+I
N7
+IN
8
out4
VCC
VDD(O) 123
OUT5-2
-IN
8
FB6
FB2
FB1
FB3
FB8
out8
CT
out3-1
RO
FS
VCC(O) 1234
-IN6(C)
CTL1-6,8
out1
-2
OUT6-2
CO
MP
DTC
123
-IN
3
FB5
CTL7
+IN6
DTC
4
GND(O) 1234
FB4
FB7
-IN
4
out3-2
DTC
8
OV
P 5
6
VDD(O) 567
RB
8
VS
S(O
) 12
34
out5-1
CSCP
-IN5(C)
-IN
8’
out2-1
VC
C(O
) 56
78
-IN6
-IN
7
DTC
7
OUT7-1
OU
T7-2
GND
VB
RT
out1
-1
CS1-7
+IN5
-IN
2
GND(O) 5678
out6-1
-IN5
VREF
DTC 56
out2-2
-IN
1
8CH
VS
S
VDD(5.0V)
VCC(C)
ACV_UNREG
ACV_GND
BATT_XEXT
BATT_UNREG
BATT_SIG
BATT_GND
MT_5.2
D_1.95V
4.6V(5.1V)
15.5V
13.5V(16.5V)
13.5V
MS_3.1V
8.0V
2.87V
4.64V(5.10V)
DCPACK_SW
(VIN)
(VIN+3.7V)
(VIN-1.3V)
IC300
DD-138 BOARD(1/2)
16
DC/DC CONVERTER
J901BATTERY
TERMINAL
J902DC IN
SWITCHQ300,301
Q302-304CHARGESWITCH
SWITCHINGQ306,307
EMERGENCYDETECT
TO(2/2)
6
1 TO(2/2)
3
TO(2/2)
2 TO(2/2)
4 TO(2/2)
5 TO(2/2)
7 TO(2/2)
TO(2/2)8
TO(2/2)9
TO(2/2)10
11 TO(2/2)
TO(2/2)12
13 TO(2/2)
TO(2/2)14
16 TO(2/2)
TO(2/2)15
Q310-314SWITCHING
SWITCHING
SWITCHING
SWITCHING
SWITCHING
SWITCHING
Q315-317,Q3245.2V REG
SWITCHING
SWITCHING
SWITCHING
B
16
H
19154
E
10 12 13
K
209 17
D
11
C
L
1473
I
2 6 18
J
5
F
8
G
S
XX MARK:NO MOUNT
REC REC/PB
SIGNAL PATH
DC/DC CONVERTER(DD-1 BLOCK)
Drum servo (speed and phase)
Capstan servo (speed and phase)
-REF.NO.:1000 SERIES-
PB
DETECTEMERGENCY
For Schematic Diagram• Refer to page 4-110 for waveforms.
Note :The components identified bymark 0 or dotted line with mark0 are critical for safety.Replace only with part numberspecified.
Note :Les composants identifiés parune marque 0 sont critiquespour la sécurité.Ne les remplacer que par unepièce portant le numéro spécifié.
DCR-VX2000/VX2000E
4-107 4-108DC REGURATOR
DD-138 (2/2)
For Schematic Diagram• Refer to page 4-103 for printed wiring board.
8.4
NO MARK:REC/PB MODE R :REC MODE P :PB MODE
0
8.2
8.4
0
1.61.9
1.2
0.7
0.1
0.73.2
1.51.5
-7.2
-11.
7
-10.8-10.8
-7.2
0
0.5
13.5 12.3
12.9
12.4
4.1
4.6
12.3
4.6
4.1
2.3
2.8
13.616.7
16.0
15.5
4.1
4.6
4.7
4.1
13.6
15.5
L3104.7uH
2SC5376F-B(TPL3)Q334
± 0.5%220kR374
C35310u10V
TA A
47kR365
L3144.7uH
C35510u
TA10V
A
4.7uHL306
10u6.3V
P
C352
10u10V
TA A
C373
4.7uHL311
MA2S111-(K8).SOD314
20121R391
20121R392
4.7uHL316
2012
2.2uF
C369
4.7uHL313
10u10V
TA A
C360
2SD2216J-QR(K8).SOQ335
2SB
1462
J-Q
R(K
8).S
OQ
349
10u6.3V
P
C351
47kR378
10u
TA10V
A
C363
4.7uHL307
47kR381
± 0.5%
R38968k
22uH3225
L309
2SA1745-6.7-TLQ345
22u
TA6.3V
B
C354
2SD2216J-QR(K8).SOQ344
2SB1462J-QR(K8).SOQ331
2SD2216J-QR(K8).SOQ348
1MR364
47kR376
MGSF3455VT1Q339
± 0.5%
R388120k
20121u BC362
2SD
2216
J-Q
R(K
8).S
OQ
351
0.1uB
C367
UN9213J-(K8).SOQ329
22uHL318
10kR363
± 0.5%
R3904700
B6.3V47u
C361
4.7uHL308
2012
2.2uF
C370
10u6.3V
P
C357
100kR358
22kR361
± 0.5%33k
R368
47kR362
± 0.5%100kR367
R371
± 0.5%6800
R370
± 0.5%56k
4.7u
TA20V
B
C365
R369
± 0.5%120k
L3124.7uH 3225
2SB1462J-QR(K8).SOQ332
20120
R394
2SD2216J-QR(K8).SOQ337
20120
R393
2SD
2216
J-Q
R(K
8).S
OQ
340
2SD2216J-QR(K8).SOQ327
22uHL317
10u6.3V
A
C368
C35910u6.3V
A
47kR359
± 0.5%
R366120k
XXQ328 4.7u
TA20V
B
C364
2SA2018H-T2LQ341
XXQ336
XXQ326
47kR360
± 0.5%8200R373
10u
TA20V
B
C366
C35610u6.3V
P
10u
TA20V
B
C371
2SB
1462
J-Q
R(K
8).S
OQ
333
2SB1462J-QR(K8).SOQ338
± 0.5%120kR372
TA75S01F(TE85R)IC301
1 2 3
45
470R386
100kR384
XXB
C348
22kR385
4.7uHL319
10u6.3V
P
C358
± 0.5%100kR383
± 0.5%20k
R382
0.1uB
C338
MA3XD21001S0D315
XXR379
0R380
2.2uH 3225L315
1kR401
MA2S111-(K8).SOD316
10u
TA20V
B
C372
XX BC455
60PCN450
1
3
5
7
9
11
13
15
17
19
21
23
25
27
29
31
33
35
37
39
41
43
45
47
49
51
53
55
57
59
2
4
6
8
10
12
14
16
18
20
22
24
26
28
30
32
34
36
38
40
42
44
46
48
50
52
54
56
58
60
± 0.5%XX
R452
MT_5.2V
XXL452
4.7u10V B3216
C450
VTR_DD_ON
FAST_CHARGE
XX10V B3216
C454
XXR450
BATT_SIG
XXQ450
XX CHC458
DRUM_ERROR
P_UNREG_GND
XXIC450
1CT
2RT
3+IN
4-IN
5FB
6DTC
7CB1
8CB29 Vcc10 OUT
11 VE
12 GND
13 CS
14 CSCP
15 CTL
16 VREF
± 0.5%XX
R453
BATT/XEXT_SW
XXR455
CT
± 0.5%XX
R454
4.7uHL451
0R456
CAP_ERROR
XX BC452
XX BC451
XX10V A
C457
CHARGE_INH
XXR451
XXR457
XX BC456
XXB
C453
BATT_UNREG
INIT_CHARGE_ON
XXL453
VTR_UNREG
SHOE_UNREG
REG_GND
CAP_VS
DRUM_VS
D_3.1V
D_3.1V
D_1.9V
D_1.9V
2.8V
-VCAM
13.5V
AU_8.0V
15.5V
4.6V
1
A
DIGITAL 2.8V
AUDIO 2.8V
A_4.6V
EVF_BL_4.6V
ANALOG 2.8V
RP_4.6V
AU_4.6V
PANEL_4.6V
–+
TRF 2.8V
CHARGE_INH
MT_5.2V
CAM_DD_ON AU_4.6V
D_2.8V
D_2.8V
MT_GND
TRF_2.8V
VTR_UNREG
EVF_BL+
EVF_13.5V
REG_GND
SHOE_UNEREG
A_2.8V
PANEL_2.8V
REG_GND
MT_GND
PANEL_13.5V
MS_3.1V
D_1.5V
P_UNREG
VTR_DD_ON
D_3.1V
MT_GND
REG_GND
D_1.5V
SHOE_UNEREG
P_UNREG
PANEL_4.6V
REG_GND
BATT/XEXT_SW
DRUM_VS
D_1.9V
FAST_CHARGE
5.15V
REG_GND
RP_4.6V
CAP_VS
REG_GND
INIT_CHARGE_ON
D_3.1V
DRUM_ERROR
CAP_ERROR
EVF_BL-
REG_GND
P_UNREG_GND
SHOE_ON
D_1.9V
CHOKE
MT_GND
BATT_SIG
P_UNREG_GND
AU_8.0V
VTR_UNREG
CAM_12V
CAM_-7V
EVF_2.8V
MT_5.2V
AU_2.8V
BATT_UNREG
A_4.6V
REG_GND
IC301
DD-138 BOARD(2/2)
TO(1/2)13
16
1.5V REG
(SEE PAGE 4-49)
TO VC-242 BOARD(18/18) CN021
(THROUGH THE FP-191 FLEXIBLE)
TO(1/2)6
10 TO(1/2)
1 TO(1/2)
TO(1/2)8
TO(1/2)3
TO(1/2)15
TO(1/2)7
9 TO(1/2)
TO(1/2)11
12 TO(1/2)
TO(1/2)14
Q329,339SWITCH
1.5V REGQ340-341
Q344-345348,349,351
12V REG
-7V REGQ333-335,338
Q331,332+13.5V REG
16 TO(1/2)
4 TO(1/2)
TO(1/2)2
TO(1/2)5
B
H
154
E
10 12 13
K
9
D
11
C
L
1473
I
2 6
J
5
F
8
G
XX MARK:NO MOUNT
DC REGURATOR(DD-2 BLOCK)-REF.NO.:1000 SERIES-
Q326,328,336 +8.0V REG.
Q327,337 +13.5V REG.
Q344,345,348 349,351+12V REG.
Capstan speed servo
REC
Capstan phase servo
REC/PB
SIGNAL PATH
Drum speed servo
Drum servo (speed and phase)
Drum phase servo
Capstan servo (speed and phase)
PB
4-109
DCR-VX2000/VX2000E
WAVEFORMSCD-254, PD-126, LB-065
4-3. WAVEFORMS
PD-126 BOARDREC/PB
1 IC2101 rh
500mVp-pH
8 IC2103 wh
2.9Vp-p
56 nsec
9 IC2103 rk
2.9Vp-pV
2 IC2101 rj
440mVp-p
H
3 IC2101 rk
420mVp-pH
4 IC2101 w;
8.0Vp-p2H
5 IC2101 ws
8.0Vp-p2H
6 IC2101 wf
8.0Vp-p2H
7 IC2103 1
2.8Vp-pH
8Vp-pH
H0.2Vp-p
H0.3Vp-p
H0.4Vp-p
74 nsec3.4Vp-p
74 nsec3.4Vp-p
34msec19V
17msec
19.5Vp-p
CD-254 BOARDREC
1 IC100, 101, 102 1,2
2 IC100, 101, 102 3,4
3 IC100, 101, 102 qa
4 IC100, 101, 102 qf
5 IC100, 101, 102 qg,qh
6 IC101 8
7 IC102 8
8 IC100 8
LB-065 BOARDREC/PB
1 IC200 4
4.6Vp-pH
4-110
DCR-VX2000/VX2000E
WAVEFORMSHL-011, DD-138
DD-138 BOARD (1/2)CAMERA REC
2 IC300 t;
3 IC300 td
1 IC300 rj
5.2Vp-p
2.5 µsec
5.2Vp-p
5.2Vp-p2.5 µsec
5.2Vp-p2.5 µsec
2.5 µsec
4 IC300 th
5 IC300 tk
5.2Vp-p
2.5 µsec
8 IC300 3
1.4Vp-p
2.5 µsec
7 IC300 yf
5.2Vp-p
2.5 µsec
6 IC300 ya
5.2Vp-p
2.5 µsec
HL-011 BOARDREC/PB
1 IC1701 2
3.0Vp-p
38 µsec
5-1
DCR-VX2000/VX2000E
1. Before starting adjustment
EVR Data Re-writing Procedure When Replacing BoardThe data that is stored in the repair board, is not necessarily correct.Perform either procedure 1 or procedure 2 or procedure 3 when replacing board.
Procedure 1Save the EVR data of the machine in which a board is going to be replaced. Download the saved data after a boardis replaced.
Remove the EEPROM and install it.
(Former board) (New board)
(Machine to be repaired) (Machine to be repaired)
(The same model of the same destination)
Save the data.
Download the data.
PC
Procedure 2Remove the EEPROM from the board of the machine that is going to be repaired. Install the removed EEPROMto the replaced board.
Procedure 3When the data cannot be saved due to defective EEPROM, or when the EEPROM cannot be removed orinstalled, save the data from the same model of the same destination, and download it.
After the EVR data is saved and downloaded, check therespective items of the EVR data.(Refer to page 5-3 for the items to be checked.)
(Machine before starting repair) (Machine after a board is replaced)PC PC
Save the EVR data to a personal computer.
Download the saved data to a machine.
SECTION 5ADJUSTMENTS
5-2
Lens
dev
ice
Pris
m a
ssy
(Inc
ludi
ng 3
CC
D im
ager
s)
VAP
uni
t
Mec
hani
sm d
eck
EV
F b
lock
LCD
902
(LC
D p
anel
)
LCD
blo
ckLC
D90
1 (L
CD
pan
el)
LCD
blo
ckN
D90
1 (F
luor
esce
nt tu
be)
LCD
blo
ckIn
vert
er u
nit
Con
trol
sw
itch
(CF
-498
0)
Mec
hani
sm d
eck
M90
1 (D
rum
mot
or)
Mec
hani
sm d
eck
M90
2 (C
apst
an m
otor
)
FP
-594
boa
rdH
902
(T r
eel F
G s
enso
r)
SE
-108
boa
rdS
E60
0 to
603
(P
ITC
H/YAW
sen
sor)
PD
-126
boa
rdIC
2101
(R
GB
driv
er (
LCD
))
PD
-126
boa
rdIC
2103
(T
imin
g ge
nera
tor
(LC
D))
LB-0
65 b
oard
ND
200
(Flu
ores
cent
tube
(E
VF
))
VC
-242
boa
rdIC
1802
(R
GB
driv
er (
EV
F))
VC
-242
boa
rdIC
1803
(T
imin
g g
ener
ato
r (E
VF
))
VC
-242
boa
rdIC
705,
X70
1 (T
imin
g g
ener
ato
r)
VC
-242
boa
rdIC
704
(S/H
, AG
C)
VC
-242
boa
rdIC
706
(A/D
con
vert
er)
VC
-242
boa
rdIC
802
(Cam
era
mic
ro p
roce
ssor
)
VC
-242
boa
rdIC
1301
(LI
NE
IN/O
UT
am
p)
VC
-242
boa
rdIC
301
(DV
sig
nal p
roce
ss)
VC
-242
boa
rdIC
101
(EQ
, A/D
CO
NV.
, P
LL)
VC
-242
boa
rdIC
102
(RE
C/P
B a
mp)
VC
-242
boa
rdIC
803
(EV
R)
Replaced partsBlock replacement Parts replacement
z
z z
z
z z z
z z z z
z z
z z z z z
z z z z
z z z z z
z z z z
z z z z
z z z z
z z z z
z z z z
z z z z
z z z z
z z
z
z
z z
z
z z z
z
z
z
z z
z
z z
z z z z
z z
z z
z z
z z z z
z z z z
z z z z
z
z z
z z
z z z z
1-1. Adjusting items when replacing main parts and boards.• Adjusting items when replacing main partsWhen replacing main parts, adjust the items indicated by z in the following table.Note1: When replacing the drum assy., reset the data of page: 2, address: A2 to A4 to “00”. (Refer to “Record of Use check” of “5-4. SERVICE MODE”)
Table. 5-1-1(1).
Adjustment
Section
Initialization
of B, C, D, E,
F, 8 page data
Camera
EVF
LCD
System control
Servo, RF
Video
Mechanism
Adjustment
Initialization of C, D, 8 page dataInitialization of B page data
Initialization of E, F page data
Modification of E page data
27MHz origin oscillation adj.
Zoom key center adj.
HALL adj.Offset adj.
Flange back adj.
Pre-white balance data inputAWB standard data input
MAX GAIN adj.
LV standard data input
White balance ND filter 1 compensationWhite balance ND filter 2 compensation
Auto white balance adj.
Color reproduction adj. (ND filter OFF)
Color reproduction adj. (ND filter 1)Color reproduction adj. (ND filter 2)
Steady shot adj.
VCO adj.Bright adj.Contrast adj.
Backlight consumption current adj.White balance adj.VCO adj.
Bright adj.Black limit adj.
Contrast adj.Center level adj.
V COM adj.White balance adj.Serial No. input
Battery end adj.CAP FG duty adj.
T reel FG duty adj.Switching position adj.
AGC center level adj.APC & AEQ adj.PLL f0 & LPF f0 adj.
Chroma BPF f0 adj.
S VIDEO OUT Y level adj.S VIDEO OUT Cr, Cb level adj.Tape path adj.
5-3
Board replacement
z z
z z
z z
z z
z z
z z
z z
z z z
z z z
z z z
z z z
z z z
z z z
z z z
z z z
z z z
z z z
z z z
z z z
z z z
z z
z z
z z
z z z
z z z
z z z
z z z
z z z
z z z
z z z
z z z
z z z
z z
z z
z z
z z z
z z
z z
z z
z z
z z
z z
z z
z
CD
-252
boa
rd(C
OM
PLE
TE
)
FP
-594
boa
rd(C
OM
PLE
TE
)
VC
-242
boa
rd(C
OM
PLE
TE
)
SE
-108
boa
rd(C
OM
PLE
TE
)
PD
-126
boa
rd(C
OM
PLE
TE
)
LB-0
65 b
oard
(CO
MP
LET
E)
VC
-242
boa
rdIC
801
(EE
PR
OM
)
VC
-242
boa
rdIC
502
(EE
PR
OM
)
VC
-242
boa
rdIC
1406
(EE
PR
OM
)
• Adjusting items when replacing a board or EEPROMWhen replacing a board or EEPROM, adjust the items indicated by z in the following table.
Table. 5-1-1(2).
Adjustment
Section
Initializationof B, C, D, E,
F, 8 page data
Camera
EVF
LCD
System control
Servo, RF
Video
Mechanism
Adjustment
Initialization of C, D, 8 page data
Initialization of B page dataInitialization of E, F page data
Modification of E page data
27MHz origin oscillation adj.
Zoom key center adj.
HALL adj.Offset adj.
Flange back adj.
Pre-white balance data input
AWB standard data input
MAX GAIN adj.
LV standard data input
White balance ND filter 1 compensation
White balance ND filter 2 compensationAuto white balance adj.
Color reproduction adj. (ND filter OFF)
Color reproduction adj. (ND filter 1)Color reproduction adj. (ND filter 2)Steady shot adj.
VCO adj.
Bright adj.Contrast adj.
Backlight consumption current adj.
White balance adj.VCO adj.Bright adj.
Black limit adj.Contrast adj.
Center level adj.V COM adj.
White balance adj.Serial No. inputBattery end adj.
CAP FG duty adj.T reel FG duty adj.
Switching position adj.AGC center level adj.
APC & AEQ adj.PLL f0 & LPF f0 adj.Chroma BPF f0 adj.
S VIDEO OUT Y level adj.S VIDEO OUT Cr, Cb level adj.
Tape path adj.
5-4
J-1 J-2
J-6
J-3
J-7 J-8
J-4 J-5
Fig. 5-1-1.
J-9 J-10
J-11
Ref. No.
J-1
J-2
J-3
J-4
J-5
J-6
J-7
J-8
J-9
J-10
J-11
Name
Filter for color temperature correction (C14)
ND filter 1.0
ND filter 0.3
Pattern box PTB-450
Color chart for pattern box
Adjustment remote commander(RM-95 upgraded) (Note1)
Siemens star chart
Clear chart for pattern box
CPC-13 jig
Extension cable (50P, 0.5mm)
Mini pattern box
Camera table
Parts Code
J-6080-058-A
J-6080-808-A
J-6080-818-A
J-6082-200-A
J-6020-250-A
J-6082-053-B
J-6080-875-A
J-6080-621-A
J-6082-443-A
J-6082-496-A
J-6082-353-B
J-6082-384-A
Usage
Auto white balance adjustment/checkWhite balance adjustment/check
White balance check
White balance check (2 sheets used)
For checking the flange back
For adjusting the video sectionFor adjusting the color viewfinder
For extension between the CD-254 board (CN100) andthe VC-242 board (CN025)
For adjusting the flange back
For adjusting the flange back
5-1. CAMERA SECTION ADJUSTMENT
1-1. PREPARATIONS BEFORE ADJUSTMENT (CAMERA SECTION)
1-1-1. List of Service Tools• Oscilloscope • Color monitor • Vectorscope• Regulated power supply • Digital voltmeter
Note1: If the micro processor IC in the adjustment remote commander isnot the new micro processor (UPD7503G-C56-12), the pagescannot be switched. In this case, replace with the new microprocessor (8-759-148-35).
5-5
Fig. 5-1-2.
1-1-2. PreparationsNote 1: For details of how remove the cabinet and boards, refer to “2.
DISASSEMBLY”.Note 2: When performing only the adjustments, the lens block and boards
need not be disassembled.
1) Connect the equipment for adjustments according to Fig. 5-1-3.
Note 3: As removing the cabinet (R) (removing the VC-242 board CN008)means removing the lithium 3V power supply (CK-093 boardBT250), data such as date, time, user-set menus will be lost. Aftercompleting adjustments, reset these data. If the cabinet (R) hasbeen removed, the self-diagnosis data, data on history of use (totaldrum rotation time etc. ) will be lost. Before removing, note downthe self-diagnosis data and the data on history use (data of page:2, address: A2 to AA). (Refer to “SELF-DIAGNOSISFUNCTION” for the self-diagnosis data, and to “5-4.ServiceMode” for the data on the history use.)
Note 4: Setting the “Forced Camera Power ON” Mode1) Select page: 0, address: 01, and set data: 01.2) Select page: D, address: 10, set data: 01, and press the PAUSE
button of the adjustment remote commander.The above procedure will enable the camera power to be turnedon with the control switch block (CF-4980) removed. Aftercompleting adjustments, be sure to exit the “Forced CameraPower ON Mode”.
Note 5: Exiting the “Forced Camera Power ON” Mode1) Select page: 0, address: 01, and set data: 01.2) Select page: D, address: 10, set data: 00, and press the PAUSE
button of the adjustment remote commander.3) Select page: 0, address: 01, and set data: 00.
Pattern box
Front of the protection glass
95 cm
5-6
Fig. 5-1-3.
Control switch block (CF-4980)
FP-186flexible (Note)
Note: FP-186 flexible is inserted in the direction which is opposite to the normal direction.
FP-187 flexible
CPC-13 jig(J-6082-443-A)
Must be connected when performing the camera or audio system adjustments.
Must be connected when using the POWER switch or EJECT switch.
Must be connected when performing the video or EVF system adjustments.
VC-242 board CN007
Must be connected when using the VTR function keys.
LANC jack
VIDEO jack
JK-190board
CN006
CD-254 board CN100
CN051
CN300
CN301
CN025
CN008CN009
CN004
CN023
CN8612
CN055
LA-026 board
Cabinet (R)
CN053
CN050CN052 CN054
CN056
CN775
CN001
CN550
MS-049 board
MK-014board
KP-010board
FP-190flexible
Color monitor
Vector scope
Must be connected when performing the audio system adjustments.
Must be connected when performingthe camera system adjustments.
Must be connected when performingthe LCD system adjustments or whenchanging the menu settings.
Must be connected when performingthe EVF system adjustments.
Must be connected when changing the menu settings.
Extension cable(J-6082-496-A)
Viewfinder
DC IN jack(1-794-637-11)
DD-138board
VC-242board
AC power adaptorAC-L10 orAC-VQ800
FP-200 flexible
FK-076 boardCN501
Handle, cabinet (Top)
Adjustment remotecommander
Cabinet (L)
Terminated at 75Ω
5-7
1-1-3. Precaution1. Setting the SwitchUnless otherwise specified, set the switches as follows and performadjustments without loading cassette.1. POWER switch (CF-4980 block) .......................... CAMERA2. DEMO MODE (Menu display) .......................................OFF3. DIGITAL ZOOM (Menu display) ...................................OFF4. STEADY SHOT (Menu display) .....................................OFF5. DISPLAY (Menu display) ................................. V-OUT/LCD6. DISPLAY (CK-093 board) ............................................... ON7. AUTO LOCK (MK-014 board) ................................... AUTO8. ND FILTER (Lens block) ................................................OFF9. FOCUS switch (FP-188 flexible) .......................... MANUAL
10. BACK LIGHT (FP-189 flexible) .....................................OFF11. SPOT LIGHT (FP-189 flexible) ......................................OFF12. PICTURE EFFECT (CK-093 board) ...............................OFF13. DIGITAL EFFECT (CK-093 board) ................................OFF14. ZEBRA (CK-093 board) ..................................................OFF15. 16 : 9 WIDE (Menu display) ............................................OFF16. AUTO SHUTTER (Menu display) ..................................OFF17. PROG.SCAN (Menu display) ..........................................OFF
2. Order of AdjustmentsBasically carry out adjustments in the order given.
H
A=BA B B A
Enlargement
V
0 ± 0.1msec
Electronic beam scanning frame
CRT picture frame
B A
Difference in level
Yello
wC
yan
Gre
enW
hite
Mag
enta
Red
Blu
e
Yello
wC
yan
Gre
enW
hite
Mag
enta
Red
Blu
e
Color bar chart standard picture frame
Fig. a(Video output terminal
output waveform)
Fig. b (TV monitor picture)
Adjust the camera zoom and direction toobtain the output waveform shown in Fig. aand the TV monitor display shown in Fig. b.
Fig. 5-1-4
3. Subjects1) Color bar chart (Standard picture frame).
When performing adjustments using the color bar chart, adjustthe picture frame as shown in Fig. 5-1-4. (Standard pictureframe)
2) Clear chart (Standard picture frame)Remove the color bar chart from the pattern box and insert aclear chart in its place. (Do not perform zoom operations duringthis time.)
3) Flange back adjustment chartMake the chart shown in Fig. 5-1-5 using A0 size (1189 mm ×841 mm) black and white vellum paper.
White
Black
841mm
1189mm
Fig. 5-1-5
Note: Use matte vellum paper bigger than A0, and make sure the edges ofthe black and white paper joined together are not rough.
5-8
1-2. INITIALIZATION OF B, C, D, E, F, 8 PAGEDATA
1-2-1. INITIALIZATION OF C, D, 8 PAGE DATA
1. Initializing the C, D, 8 Page Data
Note1: If “Initializing the C, D, 8 Page Data” is performed, all data of theC page, D page and 8 page will be initialized. (It is impossible toinitialize a single page.)
Note2: If the C, D, 8 page data has been initialized, the followingadjustments need to be performed again.1) Modification of C, D, 8 page data2) Serial No. input3) Servo and RF system adjustments4) Video system adjustments5) Color viewfinder system adjustments6) LCD system Adjustments
Adjustment Page C
Adjustment Address 10 to FF
Adjustment Page D
Adjustment Address 10 to FF
Adjustment Page 8
Adjustment Address 00 to FF
Initializing Method:
Order Page Address Data Procedure
1 0 01 01 Set the data
2 3 81 Check that the data is “00”.
3 3 80 0A Set the data, and press thePAUSE button.
4 3 80 Check that the data changes to“1A”
5 Perform “Modification of C, D,8 Page Data”.
2. Modification of C, D, 8 Page DataIf the C, D, 8 page data has been initialized, change the data of the“Fixed data-2” address shown in the following tables by manualinput.
Modifying Method:1) Before changing the data, select page: 0, address: 01, and set
data: 01.2) New data for changing are not shown in the tables because
they are different in destination. When changing the data, copythe data built in the same model.Note: If copy the data built in the different model, the camcorder may
not operate.3) When changing the data, press the PAUSE button of the
adjustment remote commander each time when setting newdata to write the data in the non-volatile memory.
4) Check that the data of adjustment addresses is the initial value.If not, change the data to the initial value.
Processing after Completing Modification of C, D, 8 Page data
Order Page Address Data Procedure
1 2 00 29 Set the data
2 2 01 29 Set the data, and press thePAUSE button.
Note: If the following symptoms occur after completing of the“Modification of C, D, 8 page data”, check that the data of the “Fixeddata-2” addresses of D page are same as those of the same model ofthe same destination.1) The battery end mark on the LCD or viewfinder screen is flashing.2) The power is shut off so that unit cannot operate.
3. C Page Table
Note: Fixed data-1: Initialized data. (Refer to “1. Initializing the C, D, 8Page Data”.)Fixed data-2: Modified data. (Refer to “2. Modification of C, D, 8Page Data”.)
00 to 0F
10
11
12
13
14 to 15
16
17
18
19
1A
1B
1C
1D
1E
1F
20
21
22
EE
00
00
00
E0
E0
2A
2A
32
32
25
3E
3E
DC
99
Switching position adj.
Fixed data-1
Cap FG duty adj.
Treel FG duty adj.
AEQ adj.
Fixed data-1
AEQ adj.
Fixed data-1
AGC center level adj.
PLL f0 adj.
APC adj.
LPF f0 adj.
Address RemarkInitial value
5-9
23 to 24
25
26
27
28
29
2A to 2B
2C
2D to 41
42
43 to 81
82
83 to 85
86
87
88
89
8A to 9A
9B
9C
9D
9E
9F
A0
A1 to A2
A3
A4
A5
A6
A7
A8
A9 to AA
AB
AC
AD
AE
AF
B0
B1
B2
B3
B4
B5
B6
B7
B8
B9
BA to BF
C0
C1
C2
C3
C4
C5
C6
C7
C8
C9
CA to E7
E8
E9
EA
EB
EC
ED
EE
EF
F0 to F3
F4
F5
F6
F7
F8
F9
FA
FB
FC
FD
FE
FF
88
E3
A1
04
20
03
08
00
46
01
01
00
00
00
00
00
00
00
00
00
00
00
00
00
00
00
Fixed data-1
S VIDEO out Y level adj.
S VIDEO out Cr level adj.
S VIDEO out Cb level adj.
Chroma BPF f0 adj.
PLL f0 fine adj.
Fixed data-1
APC adj.
Fixed data-1
Fixed data-2
Fixed data-1
Fixed data-2
Fixed data-1
Fixed data-2
Fixed data-1
Fixed data-2
Fixed data-1
Fixed data-2
Fixed data-1
Fixed data-2
Fixed data-1
Fixed data-2
Fixed data-1
Fixed data-2
Fixed data-1
Fixed data-2
Fixed data-1
Fixed data-2
Fixed data-1
Fixed data-2
Fixed data-1
Fixed data-2
Fixed data-1
Fixed data-2
Fixed data-1
Serial No. input
Fixed data-1
Emergency memory address
Address RemarkInitial value Address RemarkInitial value
Table. 5-1-2.
5-10
4. D Page Table
Note: Fixed data-1: Initialized data. (Refer to “1. Initializing the C, D, 8Page Data”.)Fixed data-2: Modified data. (Refer to “2. Modification of C, D, 8Page Data”.)
4D to 4E
50
51
52
53
54
55 to 57
58
59
5A
5B
5C
5D to 63
64
65
66
67
68
69
6A
6B to 7A
7B
7C to 8F
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
9A
9B
9C
9D
9E
9F
A0
A1
A2
A3
A4
A5
A6
A7
A8
A9
AA
AB
AC
AD
AE
AF
B0
60
60
AC
90
80
30
F0
F0
11
1F
71
71
9F
AA
0A
85
75
40
30
Fixed data-1
Fixed data-2
Fixed data-1
Fixed data-2
Fixed data-1
Fixed data-2
Fixed data-1
Fixed data-2
Fixed data-1
Fixed data-2
Fixed data-1
Fixed data-2
Fixed data-1
Fixed data-2
VCO adj. (EVF)
Fixed data-2
Bright adj. (EVF)
Fixed data-2
White balance adj. (EVF)
Contrast adj. (EVF)
Fixed data-1
Fixed data-2
Backlight consumption current adj.
(EVF)
Fixed data-2
VCO adj. (LCD)
V-COM adj. (LCD)
Bright adj.(LCD)
Black limit adj.(LCD)
Fixed data-2
White balance adj. (LCD)
Contrast adj. (LCD)
Center level adj.(LCD)
Fixed data-2
00 to 0F
10
11 to 12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
1A
1B
1C
1D
1E
1F
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
2A
2B
2C
2D
2E
2F
30
31 to 32
33
34
35
36
37
38 to 3F
40
41 to 43
44
45
46
47
48
49
4A
4B
4C
00
91
97
A8
BD
C8
Test mode
Fixed data-1
Fixed data-2
Fixed data-1
Fixed data-2
Fixed data-1
Fixed data-2
Fixed data-1
Fixed data-2
Fixed data-1
Fixed data-2
Fixed data-1
Fixed data-2
Fixed data-1
Fixed data-2
Fixed data-1
Fixed data-2
Fixed data-1
Fixed data-2
Fixed data-1
Fixed data-2
Fixed data-1
Fixed data-2
Battery end adj.
Address RemarkInitial value
Address RemarkInitial value
5-11
B1 to B8
B9
BA
BB to C3
C4
C5
C6
C7 to CF
D0
D1
D2 to D5
D6
D7
D8 to DA
DB
DC to FF
Fixed data-1
Fixed data-2
Fixed data-1
Fixed data-2
Fixed data-1
Fixed data-2
Fixed data-1
Fixed data-2
Fixed data-1
Fixed data-2
Fixed data-1
Fixed data-2
Fixed data-1
Address RemarkInitial value
Table. 5-1-3.
5. 8 Page Table
Note: Fixed data-1: Initialized data. (Refer to “1. Initializing the C, D, 8Page Data”.)Fixed data-2: Modified data. (Refer to “2. Modification of C, D, 8Page Data”.)
Table. 5-1-4.
Address Remark
00 to 0A
0B
0C to 98
99
9A to FF
Fixed data-1
Fixed data-2
Fixed data-1
Fixed data-2
Fixed data-1
5-12
1-2-2. INITIALIZATION OF B PAGE DATANote: When reading the B page data, insert a “Memory Stick” into the
“Memory Stick” slot.
Switch setting:POWER................................................................. MEMORY
1. Initializing the B Page DataNote: If the B page data has been initialized, the following adjustments
need to be performed again.1) Modification of B page data
Adjustment Page B
Adjustment Address 00 to FF
Initializing Method
Order Page Address Data Procedure
1 0 01 01 Set the data.
2 5 01 F3 Set the data, and press PAUSEbutton.
3 5 00 01 Set the data, and press PAUSEbutton.
4 5 01 Wait for three seconds.
5 5 00 Check that the data is “00”.
6 5 02 Check that the data is “00”.
7 Perform “Modification of BPage Data”.
2. Modification of B Page DataIf the B page data has been initialized, change the data of the “Fixeddata-2” address shown in the following tables by manual input.
Preparations:
Order Page Address Data Procedure
1 2 8F 00 Set the data, and press PAUSEbutton.
2 2 8F 03 Set the data, and press PAUSEbutton.
3 2 8F 00 Set the data, and press PAUSEbutton.
Modifying Method:1) Before changing the data, select page: 0, address: 01, and set
data: 01.2) New data for changing are not shown in the tables because
they are different in destination. When changing the data, copythe data built in the same model.Note: If copy the data built in the different model, the camcorder may
not operate.3) When changing the data, press the PAUSE button of the
adjustment remote commander each time when setting newdata to write the data in the non-volatile memory.
Processing after Completing Modification of B Page data:
Order Page Address Data Procedure
1 2 00 29 Set the data.
2 2 01 29 Set the data, and press PAUSEbutton.
5. B Page Table
Note: Fixed data-1: Initialized data. (Refer to “1. or 3. Initializing the BPage Data”.)Fixed data-2: Modified data. (Refer to “2. or 4. Modification of BPage Data”.)
Table. 5-1-5.
Address Remark
00 to 5F
60
61 to FF
Fixed data-1
Fixed data-2
Fixed data-1
5-13
1-2-3. INITIALIZATION OF E, F PAGE DATA
1. Initializing the E, F Page Data
Note1: If “Initializing the E, F Page Data” is performed, all data of the Epage and F page will be initialized. (It is impossible to initialize asingle page.)
Note2: If the E, F page data has been initialized, following adjustmentsneed to be performed again.1) Modification of E, F page data2) Camera system adjustments
Adjustment Page F
Adjustment Address 10 to FF
Adjustment Page E
Adjustment Address 00 to F4 (Note3)00 to F6 (Note4)00 to F7 (Note5)
Note3: Camera microprocessor ver. 1.0Note4: Camera microprocessor ver. 2.0Note5: Camera microprocessor ver. 3.0
Switch setting:POWER .................................................................. CAMERA
Initializing Method:
Order Page Address Data Procedure
1 0 01 01 Set the data.
2 6 01 Set the following data, and pressPAUSE button.2D: DCR-VX2000 (NTSC)2F : DCR-VX2000E (PAL)
3 6 03 01 Set the data, and press PAUSEbutton.
4 6 02 Check that the data changes to“01”.
5 Perform “Modification of E, FPage Data”.
2. Modification of E, F Page DataIf the E, F page data has been initialized, change the data of the“Fixed data-2” address shown in the following table by manual input.
Modifying Method:1) Before changing the data, select page: 0, address: 01, and set
data: 01.2) New data for changing are not shown in the tables because
they are different in destination. When changing the data, copythe data built in the same model.Note: If copy the data built in the different model, the camcorder may
not operate.3) When changing the data, press the PAUSE button of the
adjustment remote commander each time when setting newdata to write the data in the non-volatile memory.
4) Check that the data of adjustment addresses is the initial value.If not, change the data to the initial value.
Processing after Completing Modification of E, F Page data1) Select page: 0, address: 01, and set data: 00.2) Turn off the power and turn on again.
3. Modification of E Page DataWhen replacing the camera microprocessor (VC-242 board IC802),change the data shown in the following table by manual input.
Version check of the camera microprocessor:
Order Page Address Data Procedure
1 6 FF The data shows the version ofthe camera microprocessor.01: Ver. 1.002: Ver. 2.003: Ver. 3.0
Modifying Method:• When replaced with the camera microprocessor ver. 2.0.
Order Page Address Data Procedure
1 0 01 01 Set the data.
2 E F5 8B Set the data, and press PAUSEbutton.
3 E F6 D0 Set the data, and press PAUSEbutton.
4 0 01 00 Set the data.
5 Turn off the power and turn onagain.
• When replaced with the camera microprocessor ver. 3.0.
Order Page Address Data Procedure
1 0 01 01 Set the data.
2 E F5 8B Set the data, and press PAUSEbutton.
3 E F6 D0 Set the data, and press PAUSEbutton.
4 E F7 25 Set the data, and press PAUSEbutton.
5 0 01 00 Set the data.
6 Turn off the power and turn onagain.
5-14
4. F Page Table
Note1: Fixed data-1: Initialized data. (Refer to “1. Initializing the E, FPage Data”.)Fixed data-2: Modified data. (Refer to “2. Modification of E, FPage Data”.)
Table. 5-1-6.
60
61 to 6A
6B
6C
6D
6E
6F
70
71 to 7B
7C
7D
7E to 80
81
82
83
84 to 8D
8E
8F to 9E
9F
A0 to A5
A6
A7
A8 to B1
B2
B3 to B9
BA
BB to C5
C6
C7
C8
C9 to CA
CB
CC
CD
CE
CF
D0
D1
D2
D3
D4
D5
D6 to DF
E0
E1 to EC
ED
EE to F4
F5
F6
F7
F8
F9
FA to FC
FD
FE to FF
89 89
Fixed data-2
Fixed data-1
Fixed data-2
Fixed data-1
HALL adj.
Fixed data-1
Fixed data-2
Fixed data-1
Fixed data-2
Fixed data-1
Fixed data-2
Fixed data-1
Fixed data-2
Fixed data-1
Fixed data-2
Fixed data-1
Fixed data-2
Fixed data-1
Fixed data-2
Fixed data-1
Fixed data-2
Fixed data-1
Fixed data-2
Fixed data-1
Fixed data-2
Fixed data-1
Fixed data-2
Fixed data-1
Fixed data-2
Fixed data-1
Fixed data-2
Fixed data-1
Fixed data-2
Fixed data-1
Fixed data-2
Fixed data-1
Fixed data-2
Fixed data-1
00 to 0F
10 to 14
15
16 to 1B
1C
1D
1E
1F
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
2A
2B
2C
2D to 33
34
35
36
37
38
39
3A
3B
3C
3D
3E
3F
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48 to 49
4A
4B
4C to 52
53
54 to 5C
5D
5E to 5F
80
60
40
00
15
00
2E
AE
2B
44
43
B2
16
00
00
8B
88
6C
D6
E6
46
45
3F
3F
16
A8
38
76
50
50
EB
D5
20
20
00
00
80
Fixed data-1
Fixed data-2
Fixed data-1
27MHz origin osc. adj.
Fixed data-1
HALL adj.
AWB standard data input
Flange back adj.
MAX GAIN adj.
Fixed data-1
Auto white balance adj.
Flange back adj.
LV standard data input
Fixed data-1
Steady shot adj.
Fixed data-1
Color reproduction adj.
(ND filter OFF)
Fixed data-1
WB ND filter 1 compensation
Fixed data-1
Fixed data-2
Fixed data-1
Zoom key center adj.
Fixed data-1
80
60
60
00
15
00
2E
AE
2B
44
43
B2
16
00
00
8B
90
8F
D6
E6
46
00
19
00
27
A8
38
76
50
50
EB
D5
20
20
00
00
80
Address RemarkInitial valueNTSC PAL
Address RemarkInitial valueNTSC PAL
5-15
5. E Page Table
Note1: Fixed data-1: Initialized data. (Refer to “1. Initializing the E, FPage Data”.)Fixed data-2: Modified data. (Refer to “2. Modification of E, FPage Data”.)
Note2: Refer to “2. Modification of E, F Page Data” for the cameramicroprocessor version.
*1: Only for the camera microprocessor ver. 2.0 or ver. 3.0*2: Only for the camera microprocessor ver. 3.0
Table. 5-1-6.
95 to A0
A1
A2
A3 to A7
A8
A9 to AB
AC
AD
AE to B0
B1
B2
B3
B4 to B9
BA
BB to C3
C4
C5 to CB
CC
CD
CE
CF to D9
DA
DB
DC to EB
EC
ED to F2
F3
F4
F5 (*1)
F6 (*1)
F7 (*2)
8B
D0
25
8B
D0
25
Fixed data-1
Fixed data-2
Fixed data-1
Fixed data-2
Fixed data-1
Fixed data-2
Fixed data-1
Fixed data-2
Fixed data-1
Fixed data-2
Fixed data-1
Fixed data-2
Fixed data-1
Fixed data-2
Fixed data-1
Fixed data-2
Fixed data-1
Fixed data-2
Fixed data-1
Fixed data-2
Fixed data-1
Fixed data-2
Fixed data-1
Refer to “3. Modification of E Page
Data”.
00 to 05
06
07
08 to 10
11
12 to 13
14
15 to 29
2A
2B
2C
2D
2E
2F
30 to 47
48
49
4A to 51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
5A
5B
5C
5D
5E
5F
60 to 61
62
63
64
65
66 to 74
75
76 to 8B
8C
8D
8E
8F
90
91
92
93
94
10
10
80
80
80
EB
D5
20
20
00
00
EB
D5
20
20
Fixed data-1
Fixed data-2
Fixed data-1
Fixed data-2
Fixed data-1
Fixed data-2
Fixed data-1
Pre-white balance data input
Fixed data-1
Offset adj.
Fixed data-1
Fixed data-2
Fixed data-1
Fixed data-2
Fixed data-1
Fixed data-2
Fixed data-1
Fixed data-2
Fixed data-1
Fixed data-2
Fixed data-1
Fixed data-2
Fixed data-1
Fixed data-2
Fixed data-1
Color reproduction adj. (ND filter 1)
Fixed data-1
Fixed data-2
Fixed data-1
Fixed data-2
WB ND filter 2 compensation
Color reproduction adj. (ND filter 2)
Fixed data-2
10
10
80
80
80
EB
D5
20
20
00
00
EB
D5
20
20
Address RemarkInitial valueNTSC PAL
Address RemarkInitial valueNTSC PAL
5-16
1-3. CAMERA SYSTEM ADJUSTMENTSBefore perform the camera system adjustments, check that thespecified values of “VIDEO SYSTEM ADJUSTMENT” aresatisfied.
1. 27MHz Origin Oscillation Adjustment(VC-242 board)
Set the frequency of the clock for synchronization.If deviated, the synchronization will be disrupted and the color willbecome inconsistent.
Subject Not required
Measurement Point Pin rj of IC771 or pin qf of IC706
Measuring Instrument Frequency counter
Adjustment Page F
Adjustment Address 1C
Specified Value f=13500000 ± 68Hz
Adjusting method:
Order Page Address Data Procedure
1 0 01 01 Set the data.
2 F 1C Change the data and set thefrequency (f) to the specifiedvalue.
3 F 1C Press PAUSE button.
4 0 01 00 Set the data.
2. Zoom Key Center AdjustmentSet the A/D value center of the microprocessor to the center voltageof the zoom key.If deviated, the zoom lens operates of itself ,even if the zoom key isthe center position.
Subject Not required
Measurement Point Display data of page: 6, address: 50
Measuring Instrument Adjustment remote commander
Adjustment Page F
Adjustment Address 5D
Note: Don’t touch the zoom switch during adjustment.
Adjusting method:
Order Page Address Data Procedure
1 0 01 01 Set the data.
2 6 50 Read the data, and this data isnamed D50.
3 F 5D D50 Set the data, and press PAUSEbutton.
4 0 01 00 Set the data.
VC-242 board
IC771
IC70610076
2625 121324
48371
1
51
75
50
Fig. 5-1-6.
5-17
3. HALL AdjustmentFor detecting the position of the lens iris, adjust AMP gain andoffset.
Subject Not required
Measurement Point Display data of page 1 (Note1)
Measuring Instrument Adjustment remote commander
Adjustment Page F
Adjustment Address 1E, 1F, 70
Specified Value 1 88 to 8C
Specified Value 2 15 to 19
Note1: Displayed data of page 1 of the adjustment remote commander.1 : XX : XX
IRIS display dataNote2: Check that the data of page: 6, address: 02 is “00”. If not, to page:
6, address: 01, set data: 00, and press the PAUSE button.
Adjusting method:
Order Page Address Data Procedure
1 0 01 01 Set the data.
2 6 94 8A Set the data.
3 6 95 17 Set the data.
4 6 01 6D Set the data, and press PAUSEbutton.
5 6 02 Check that the data changes to“01”. (Note3)
6 6 01 00 Set the data, and press PAUSEbutton.
Note3: The adjustment data will be automatically input to page: F, address:1E, 1F, 70.
Checking method:
Order Page Address Data Procedure
1 6 04 03 Set the data.
2 6 01 01 Set the data, and press PAUSEbutton.
3 1 Check that the IRIS display data(Note1) satisfies the specifiedvalue 1.
4 6 01 03 Set the data, and press PAUSEbutton.
5 1 Check that the IRIS display data(Note1) satisfies the specifiedvalue.2.
Processing after Completing Adjustments:
Order Page Address Data Procedure
1 6 01 00 Set the data, and press PAUSEbutton.
2 6 04 00 Set the data.
3 6 94 00 Set the data.
4 6 95 00 Set the data.
5 0 01 00 Set the data.
4. Offset AdjustmentAdjust so that the AGC OUT potential lies within the specified valueof the digital clamp.
Subject Not required
Measurement Point DDS display data of LCD or TVmonitor (Note1)
Measuring Instrument
Adjustment Page E
Adjustment Address 2D, 2E, 2F
Specified Value 70 to 90
Note 1: DDS display data of LCD or TV monitor.CA 00 0000CA 00 00XX
Object data
Adjusting method:
Order Page Address Data Procedure
1 0 01 01 Set the data.
2 D 11 02 Set the data, and press PAUSEbutton.
3 6 01 05 Set the data, and press PAUSEbutton.
4 E 0C 02 Set the data, and press PAUSEbutton.
5 6 04 1F Set the data.
6 E 2D Change the data and adjust theDDS display data (Note 1) to“80”. (Rch offset adjustment)
7 E 2D Press PAUSE button.
8 6 04 20 Set the data.
9 E 2E Change the data and adjust theDDS display data (Note 1) to“80”. (Gch offset adjustment)
10 E 2E Press PAUSE button.
11 6 04 21 Set the data.
12 E 2F Change the data and adjust theDDS display data (Note 1) to“80”. (Bch offset adjustment)
13 E 2F Press PAUSE button.
Processing after Completing Adjustments
Order Page Address Data Procedure
1 D 11 00 Set the data, and press PAUSEbutton.
2 E 0C 00 Set the data, and press PAUSEbutton.
3 0 01 00 Set the data.
4 6 01 00 Set the data, and press PAUSEbutton.
5 6 04 00 Set the data.
6 Turn off the power and turn onagain.
5-18
5. Flange Back Adjustment (Using Minipattern Box)The inner focus lens flange back adjustment is carried outautomatically. In whichever case, the focus will be deviated duringauto focusing/manual focusing.
Subject Siemens star chart with ND filter forthe minipattern box (Note2)
Measurement Point Check operation on TV monitor
Measuring Instrument
Adjustment Page F
Adjustment Address 24 to 2B, 36 to 3D, 5D
Note1: Dark Siemens star chart.Note2: Check that the data of page: 6, address: 02 is “00”. If not, to page:
6, address: 01, set data: 00, and press the PAUSE button.
Switch setting:ND FILTER......................................................................OFF(The data of page: 6, address: 9D is “00”.)
Preparations:1) The minipattern box is installed as shown in the following
figure.Note: The attachment lenses are not used.
2) Install the minipattern box so that the distance between it andthe front of the protection glass of the camcorder is less than3cm. (Remove the lens hood.)
3) Make the height of the minipattern box and the camcorder equal.4) Check that the output voltage of the regulated power supply is
the specified voltage.5) Check that at both the zoom lens TELE end and WIDE end,
the center of the Siemens star chart and center of the exposurescreen coincide.
Specified voltage: The specified voltage varies according to theminipattern box, so adjust the power supplyoutput voltage to the specified voltage writtenon the sheet which is supplied with theminipattern box.
Adjusting method:
Order Page Address Data Procedure
1 0 01 01 Set the data.
2 6 01 13 Set the data, and press PAUSEbutton. (Note3)
3 6 01 27 Set the data, and press PAUSEbutton.
4 6 02 Check that the data changes to“01”. (Note4)
5 F 2A Check that the data is “00” to“07”.
Note3: Don’t touch the zoom switch. If you touch the zoom switch, thezoom center adjustment data will be rewritten in the value whichisn’t correct.
Note4: The adjustment data will be automatically input to page: F, address::24 to 2B, 36 to 3D, 5D.
Processing after Completing Adjustments:
Order Page Address Data Procedure
1 6 01 00 Set the data, and press PAUSEbutton.
2 6 02 00 Set the data.
3 0 01 00 Set the data.
4 Turn off the power and turn onagain.
5 Perform “Flange Back Check”.
Minipattern box
Below 3 cm
Camcorder
Camera table
Red (+)
Black (–)
Yellow (SENS +)
White (SENS –)
Black (GND)
Need not connected
Regulated power supplyOutput voltage : Specified voltage ±0.01Vdc
Output current : more than 3.5A
Fig. 5-1-7.
5-19
6. Flange Back Adjustment(Using Flange Back Adjustment Chart and Subject More Than 500m Away)
The inner focus lens flange back adjustment is carried outautomatically. In whichever case, the focus will be deviated duringauto focusing/manual focusing.
6-1. Flange Back Adjustment (1)
Subject Flange back adjustment chart(2.0 m from the front of the protectionglass)(Luminance: 230 ± 30 lux)
Measurement Point Check operation on TV monitor
Measuring Instrument
Adjustment Page F
Adjustment Address 24 to 2B, 36 to 3D, 5D
Note1: Check that the data of page: 6, address: 02 is “00”. If not, to page:6, address: 01, set data: 00, and press the PAUSE button.
Switch setting:ND FILTER......................................................................OFF(The data of page: 6, address: 9D is “00”.)
Adjusting method:
Order Page Address Data Procedure
1 0 01 01 Set the data.
2 6 01 13 Set the data, and press PAUSEbutton. (Note2)
3 6 01 15 Set the data, and press PAUSEbutton.
4 6 02 Check that the data changes to“01”. (Note3)
5 F 2A Check that the data is “00” to“07”.
Note2: Don’t touch the zoom switch. If you touch the zoom switch, thezoom center adjustment data will be rewritten in the value whichisn’t correct.
Note3: The adjustment data will be automatically input to page: F, address::24 to 2B, 36 to 3D, 5D.
Processing after Completing Adjustments:
Order Page Address Data Procedure
1 6 01 00 Set the data, and press PAUSEbutton.
2 Turn off the power and turn onagain.
3 Perform “Flange BackAdjustment (2)”
6-2. Flange Back Adjustment (2)Perform this adjustment after performing “Flange Back Adjustment(1)”.
Subject Subject more than 500m away(Subjects with clear contrast such asbuildings, etc.)
Measurement Point Check operation on TV monitor
Measuring Instrument
Adjustment Page F
Adjustment Address 24 to 2B, 36 to 3D, 5D
Note1: Check that the data of page: 6, address: 02 is “00”. If not, to page:6, address: 01, set data: 00, and press the PAUSE button.
Preparations:1) Set the zoom lens to the TELE end and expose a subject that is
more than 500 m away (subject with clear contrast such asbuilding, etc.). (Nearby subjects less than 500 m away shouldnot be in the screen.)
Adjusting method:
Order Page Address Data Procedure
1 0 01 01 Set the data.
2 6 01 13 Set the data, and press PAUSEbutton. (Note2)
Place a ND filter on the lens sothat the optimum image isobtain.
3 6 01 29 Set the data, and press PAUSEbutton.
4 6 02 Check that the data changes to“01”. (Note3)
Note2: Don’t touch the zoom switch. If you touch the zoom switch, thezoom center adjustment data will be rewritten in the value whichisn’t correct.
Note3: The adjustment data will be automatically input to page: F, address::24 to 2B, 36 to 3D, 5D.
Processing after Completing Adjustments:
Order Page Address Data Procedure
1 6 01 00 Set the data, and press PAUSEbutton.
2 Turn off the power and turn onagain.
3 Perform “Flange Back Check”.
5-20
7. Flange Back Check
Subject Siemens star(2.0m from the front of the protectionglass)(Luminance : approx. 300 ± 50 lux)
Measurement Point Check operation on TV monitor
Measuring Instrument
Specified Value Focused at the TELE end and WIDEend.
Checking method:1) Place the Siemens star 2.0m from the front of the protection
glass.2) To open the IRIS, decrease the luminous intensity to the
Siemens star up to a point before noise appear on the image.3) Shoot the Siemens star with the zoom TELE end.4) Turn on the auto focus.5) Check that the lens is focused.6) Turn off the auto focus.7) While observe the TV monitor, move the zoom to the WIDE
end and check that the lens is focused.
8. Picture Frame Setting
Subject Color bar chart(Color bar standard picture frame)(95cm from the front of the protectionglass)
Measurement Point Video output terminal
Measuring Instrument Oscilloscope and TV monitor
Specified Value A=B, C=D, t=0 ± 0.1msec
Switch setting:1) ND FILTER......................................................................OFF
(The data of page: 6, address: 9D is “00”.)2) STEADY SHOT (Menu setting) ......................................OFF
Setting method:
Order Page Address Data Procedure
1 6 2C 01 Set the data.
2 6 90 28 Set the data.
3 6 91 02 Set the data.
4 6 92 6E Set the data.
5 6 93 49 Set the data.
6 6 01 79 Set the data, and press PAUSEbutton.
7 Adjust the camera direction, andset to the specified position.
8 Mark the position of the pictureframe on the monitor display,and adjust the picture frame tothis position in followingadjustments using “Color barstandard frame”.
9 6 01 00 Set the data, and press PAUSEbutton.
A=B C=D
A
B C
D
Check on the oscilloscope
1. Horizontal period
Fig. 5-1-8.
2. Vertical period
Fig. 5-1-9.
Color on the TV monitor
Fig. 5-1-10.
t=0 ± 0.1msec
V
Color bar chart picture frame TV monitor picture frame
5-21
9. Pre White Balance Data InputAt 3200k, input the pre white balance standard data.
Subject Clear chart(Color bar standard picture frame)
Adjustment Page E
Adjustment Address 2A, 2B
Note1: After the power is turned on, this adjustment can be done onlyonce.
Switch setting:ND FILTER......................................................................OFF(The data of page: 6, address: 9D is “00”.)
Adjusting method:
Order Page Address Data Procedure
1 0 01 01 Set the data.
2 6 02 00 Set the data.
3 F 20 00 Set the data, and press PAUSEbutton.
4 F 21 15 Set the data, and press PAUSEbutton.
5 F 22 00 Set the data, and press PAUSEbutton.
6 F 23 2E Set the data, and press PAUSEbutton.
7 6 01 7F Set the data, and press PAUSEbutton.
8 6 01 7D Set the data, and press PAUSEbutton. (Note)
9 6 02 Check that the data changes to“01”.
Note: The adjustment data will be automatically input to page: E, address:2A and 2B.
Processing after Completing Adjustments
Order Page Address Data Procedure
1 6 01 00 Set the data, and press PAUSEbutton.
2 6 02 00 Set the data.
3 0 01 00 Set the data.
4 Perform “Auto White BalanceStandard Data Input”.
10. Auto White Balance Standard Data InputAt 3200K, input the white balance standard data.
Subject Clear chart(Color bar standard picture frame)
Adjustment Page F
Adjustment Address 20 to 23
Note1: After the power is turned on, this adjustment can be done onlyonce.
Note2: Check that the data of page: 6, address: 02 is “00”. If not, to page:6, address: 01, set data: 00, and press the PAUSE button.
Switch setting:ND FILTER......................................................................OFF(The data of page: 6, address: 9D is “00”.)
Adjusting method:
Order Page Address Data Procedure
1 0 01 01 Set the data.
2 6 01 11 Set the data, and press PAUSEbutton.
3 6 01 0B Set the data, and press PAUSEbutton. (Note)
4 6 02 Check that the data changes to“01”.
Note: The adjustment data will be automatically input to page: F, address:20 to 23.
Processing after Completing Adjustments
Order Page Address Data Procedure
1 6 01 00 Set the data, and press PAUSEbutton.
2 6 02 00 Set the data.
3 0 01 00 Set the data.
5-22
11. MAX GAIN AdjustmentSetting the minimum illumination.If it is not consistent, the image level required for taking subjects inlow illuminance will not be produced (dark).
Subject Clear chart(Color bar standard picture frame)
Adjustment Page F
Adjustment Address 2C
Switch setting:ND FILTER......................................................................OFF(The data of page: 6, address: 9D is “00”.)
Adjusting method:
Order Page Address Data Procedure
1 0 01 01 Set the data.
2 6 02 00 Set the data.
3 6 96 00 Set the data.
4 6 97 5C Set the data.
5 6 01 6F Set the data, and press PAUSEbutton. (Note)
6 6 02 Check that the data changes to“01”.
Note: The adjustment data will be automatically input to page: F, address:2C.
Processing after Completing Adjustments
Order Page Address Data Procedure
1 6 96 00 Set the data.
2 6 97 00 Set the data.
3 6 01 00 Set the data, and press PAUSEbutton.
4 6 02 00 Set the data.
5 0 01 00 Set the data.
12. LV Standard Data InputAdjust the normal coefficient of the light value.
Subject Clear chart(Color bar standard picture frame)
Measurement Point Display data of page 1 (Note2)
Measuring Instrument Adjustment remote commander
Adjustment Page F
Adjustment Address 3E, 3F
Specified Value 0FE0 to 1020
Note1: Check that the data of page: 6, address: 02 is “00”. If not, turn thepower of the unit OFF/ON.
Note2: Displayed data of page 1 of the adjustment remote commander.1 : XX : XX
LV dataSwitch setting:
ND FILTER......................................................................OFF(The data of page: 6, address: 9D is “00”.)
Adjusting method:
Order Page Address Data Procedure
1 0 01 01 Set the data.
2 F 15 40 Set the data, and press PAUSEbutton.
3 Wait for 5 seconds.
4 6 01 0D Set the data, and press PAUSEbutton. (Note3)
5 6 02 Check that the data changes to“01”.
6 6 04 1E Set the data.
7 1 Check that the LV data (Note2)satisfies the specified value. Ifnot, repeat from step 2.
Note3: The adjustment data will be automatically input to page: F, address:3E and 3F.
Processing after Completing Adjustments
Order Page Address Data Procedure
1 6 01 00 Set the data, and press PAUSEbutton.
2 6 02 00 Set the data.
3 6 04 00 Set the data.
4 F 15 44 Set the data, and press PAUSEbutton.
5 0 01 00 Set the data.
5-23
13. White Balance ND Filter 1 CompensationCompensate the white balance deviation when ND FILTER switchis “1”.
Subject Clear chart(Color bar standard picture frame)
Adjustment Page F
Adjustment Address 4A, 4B
Note1: After the power is turned on, this adjustment can be done onlyonce.
Note2: Check that the data of page: 6, address: 02 is “00”. If not, to page:6, address: 01, set data: 00, and press the PAUSE button.
Switch setting:ND FILTER........................................................................... 1(The data of page: 6, address: 9D is “01”.)
Adjusting method:
Order Page Address Data Procedure
1 0 01 01 Set the data.
2 6 01 11 Set the data, and press PAUSEbutton.
3 6 01 09 Set the data, and press PAUSEbutton. (Note)
4 6 02 Check that the data changes to“01”.
Note: The adjustment data will be automatically input to page: F, address:4A and 4B.
Processing after Completing Adjustments
Order Page Address Data Procedure
1 6 01 00 Set the data, and press PAUSEbutton.
2 6 02 00 Set the data.
3 0 01 00 Set the data.
14. White Balance ND Filter 2 CompensationCompensate the white balance deviation when ND FILTER switchis “2”.
Subject Clear chart(Color bar standard picture frame)
Adjustment Page E
Adjustment Address 8E, 8F
Note1: After the power is turned on, this adjustment can be done onlyonce.
Note2: Check that the data of page: 6, address: 02 is “00”. If not, to page:6, address: 01, set data: 00, and press the PAUSE button.
Switch setting:ND FILTER........................................................................... 2(The data of page: 6, address: 9D is “02”.)
Adjusting method:
Order Page Address Data Procedure
1 0 01 01 Set the data.
2 6 01 CF Set the data, and press PAUSEbutton.
3 6 01 CD Set the data, and press PAUSEbutton. (Note)
4 6 02 Check that the data changes to“01”.
Note: The adjustment data will be automatically input to page: E, address:8E and 8F.
Processing after Completing Adjustments
Order Page Address Data Procedure
1 6 01 00 Set the data, and press PAUSEbutton.
2 6 02 00 Set the data.
3 0 01 00 Set the data.
4 Set ND FILTER switch to“OFF”.
5-24
15. Auto White Balance AdjustmentAdjust to the proper auto white balance output data.If it is not correct, auto white balance and color reproducibility willbe poor.
Subject Clear chart(Color bar standard picture frame)
Filter Filter C14 for color temperaturecorrection
Adjustment Page F
Adjustment Address 34, 35
Note1: After the power is turned on, this adjustment can be done onlyonce.
Note2: Check that the data of page: 6, address: 02 is “00”. If not, to page:6, address: 01, set data: 00, and press the PAUSE button.
Switch setting:ND FILTER......................................................................OFF(The data of page: 6, address: 9D is “00”.)
Adjusting method:
Order Page Address Data Procedure
1 Place the C14 filter for colortemperature correction on thelens.
2 0 01 01 Set the data.
3 6 02 00 Set the data.
4 6 01 83 Set the data, and press PAUSEbutton.
5 6 01 81 Set the data, and press PAUSEbutton. (Note)
6 6 02 Check that the data changes to“01”.
Note: The adjustment data will be automatically input to page: F, address:34 and 35.
Processing after Completing Adjustments
Order Page Address Data Procedure
1 6 01 00 Set the data, and press PAUSEbutton.
2 6 02 00 Set the data.
3 0 01 00 Set the data.
16. Color Reproduction Adjustment (ND Filter OFF)When the ND FILTER switch is “OFF”, adjust the color differencematrix coefficient so that proper color reproduction is produced.
Subject Color bar chart(Color bar standard picture frame)
Measurement Point Video output terminal
Measuring Instrument Vectorscope
Adjustment Page F
Adjustment Address 44, 45, 46, 47
Specified Value All color luminance points shouldsettle within each color reproductionframe. (Fig. 5-1-11)
Note1: After the power is turned on, this adjustment can be done onlyonce.
Note2: Check that the data of page: 6, address: 02 is “00”. If not, to page:6, address: 01, set data: 00, and press the PAUSE button.
Switch setting:ND FILTER......................................................................OFF(The data of page: 6, address: 9D is “00”.)
Adjusting method:
Order Page Address Data Procedure
1 Check that the picture frame isset to the specified position.(Refer to “8. Picture FrameSetting”.)
2 0 01 01 Set the data.
3 F 5E 2D Set the data, and press PAUSEbutton.
4 F 44 00 Set the data, and press PAUSEbutton.
5 F 45 00 Set the data, and press PAUSEbutton.
6 F 46 20 Set the data, and press PAUSEbutton.
7 F 47 20 Set the data, and press PAUSEbutton.
8 6 01 AB Set the data, and press PAUSEbutton.
9 6 01 A9 Set the data, and press PAUSEbutton. (Note)
10 6 02 Check that the data changes to“01”.
11 Adjust the GAIN and PHASE ofthe vectorscope, and adjust theburst luminance point to theburst position of the colorreproduction frame. (Fig. 5-1-11)
12 Check that all color luminancepoints settle within each colorreproduction frame. (Fig. 5-1-11)
Note: The adjustment data will be automatically input to page: F, address:44 to 47.
Processing after Completing Adjustments
Order Page Address Data Procedure
1 6 01 00 Set the data, and press PAUSEbutton.
2 6 02 00 Set the data.
3 F 5E 1D Set the data, and press PAUSEbutton.
3 0 01 00 Set the data.
NTSC Burst position
PAL Burst position
Fig. 5-1-11.
5-25
17. Color Reproduction Adjustment (ND Filter 1)When the ND FILTER switch is “1”, adjust the color differencematrix coefficient so that proper color reproduction is produced.
Subject Color bar chart(Color bar standard picture frame)
Measurement Point Video output terminal
Measuring Instrument Vectorscope
Adjustment Page E
Adjustment Address 62, 63, 64, 65
Specified Value All color luminance points shouldsettle within each color reproductionframe. (Fig. 5-1-11)
Note1: After the power is turned on, this adjustment can be done only once.Note2: Check that the data of page: 6, address: 02 is “00”. If not, to page:
6, address: 01, set data: 00, and press the PAUSE button.
Switch setting:1) ND FILTER........................................................................... 1
(The data of page: 6, address: 9D is “01”.)
Adjusting method:
Order Page Address Data Procedure
1 Check that the picture frame isset to the specified position.(Refer to “8. Picture FrameSetting”.)
2 0 01 01 Set the data.
3 F 5E 2D Set the data, and press PAUSEbutton.
4 E 62 00 Set the data, and press PAUSEbutton.
5 E 63 00 Set the data, and press PAUSEbutton.
6 E 64 20 Set the data, and press PAUSEbutton.
7 E 65 20 Set the data, and press PAUSEbutton.
8 6 01 C3 Set the data, and press PAUSEbutton.
9 6 01 C1 Set the data, and press PAUSEbutton. (Note)
10 6 02 Check that the data changes to“01”.
11 Adjust the GAIN and PHASE ofthe vectorscope, and adjust theburst luminance point to theburst position of the colorreproduction frame. (Fig. 5-1-11)
12 Check that all color luminancepoints settle within each colorreproduction frame. (Fig. 5-1-11)
Note: The adjustment data will be automatically input to page: E, address:62 to 65.
Processing after Completing Adjustments
Order Page Address Data Procedure
1 6 01 00 Set the data, and press PAUSEbutton.
2 6 02 00 Set the data.
3 F 5E 1D Set the data, and press PAUSEbutton.
3 0 01 00 Set the data.
18. Color Reproduction Adjustment (ND Filter 2)When the ND FILTER switch is “2”, adjust the color differencematrix coefficient so that proper color reproduction is produced.
Subject Color bar chart(Color bar standard picture frame)
Measurement Point Video output terminal
Measuring Instrument Vectorscope
Adjustment Page E
Adjustment Address 90, 91, 92, 93
Specified Value All color luminance points shouldsettle within each color reproductionframe. (Fig. 5-1-11)
Note1: After the power is turned on, this adjustment can be done only once.Note2: Check that the data of page: 6, address: 02 is “00”. If not, to page:
6, address: 01, set data: 00, and press the PAUSE button.
Switch setting:1) ND FILTER........................................................................... 2
(The data of page: 6, address: 9D is “02”.)
Adjusting method:
Order Page Address Data Procedure
1 Check that the picture frame isset to the specified position.(Refer to “8. Picture FrameSetting”.)
2 0 01 01 Set the data.
3 F 5E 2D Set the data, and press PAUSEbutton.
4 E 90 00 Set the data, and press PAUSEbutton.
5 E 91 00 Set the data, and press PAUSEbutton.
6 E 92 20 Set the data, and press PAUSEbutton.
7 E 93 20 Set the data, and press PAUSEbutton.
8 6 01 CB Set the data, and press PAUSEbutton.
9 6 01 C9 Set the data, and press PAUSEbutton. (Note)
10 6 02 Check that the data changes to“01”.
11 Adjust the GAIN and PHASE ofthe vectorscope, and adjust theburst luminance point to theburst position of the colorreproduction frame. (Fig. 5-1-11)
12 Check that all color luminancepoints settle within each colorreproduction frame. (Fig. 5-1-11)
Note: The adjustment data will be automatically input to page: E, address:90 to 93.
Processing after Completing Adjustments
Order Page Address Data Procedure
1 6 01 00 Set the data, and press PAUSEbutton.
2 6 02 00 Set the data.
3 F 5E 1D Set the data, and press PAUSEbutton.
4 0 01 00 Set the data.
5 Set ND FILTER switch to “OFF”.
5-26
19. White Balance Check
Subject Clear chart(Color bar standard picture frame)
Filter Filter C14 for color temperaturecorrectionND filter 1.0 and 0.3 (2 sheets)
Measurement Point Video output terminal
Measuring Instrument Vectorscope
Specified Value Fig. 5-1-12. A to B
Switch setting:ND FILTER......................................................................OFF(The data of page: 6, address: 9D is “00”.)
Checking method:
Order Page Address Data Procedure
Indoor white balance check
1 Check that the lens is notcovered with either filter.
2 6 01 0F Set the data, and press PAUSEbutton.
3 Check that the center of thewhite luminance point is withinthe circle shown Fig. 5-1-12. A.
Outdoor white balance check
4 Place the C14 filter on the lens.
5 6 01 3F Set the data, and press PAUSEbutton.
6 Check that the center of thewhite luminance point is withinthe circle shown Fig. 5-1-12. B.
7 Remove the C14 filter.
Indoor white balance data check
8 Place the ND filter 1.6(1.0+0.3+0.3) on the lens.
9 6 01 0F Set the data, and press PAUSEbutton.
10 Wait for 2 seconds.
11 0 01 01 Set the data.
12 F 10 A1 Set the data, and press PAUSEbutton.
13 F 11 04 Set the data, and press PAUSEbutton.
14 1 Check that the second digit ofthe display data (Note) is an oddnumber.Specified value: 1 : XX : XX
Odd number
15 6 04 C6 Set the data.
16 1 Check that the display data(Note) satisfies the specifiedvalue.Specified value: 0000 to 0C50
Note: Displayed data of the adjustment remote commander.1 : XX : XX
Display data
Processing after Completing Adjustments
Order Page Address Data Procedure
1 6 01 00 Set the data, and press PAUSEbutton.
2 6 04 00 Set the data.
3 F 10 00 Set the data, and press PAUSEbutton.
4 F 11 00 Set the data, and press PAUSEbutton.
5 0 01 00 Set the data.
R-Y 4mm
B-Y
4mm
R-Y
B-Y1.5mm
1.0mm
6mm
6mm
Fig. 5-1-12. (A)
Fig. 5-1-12. (B)
5-27
20. Steady Shot Adjustment• This adjustment is performed only when replacing the angular
velocity sensor.Although this adjustment need not be performed when the circuitis damaged, etc., check the operations.
• Note down the sensitivity displayed on the angular velocity sensorof the repair parts. At this time, note down also to which board itwas attached to.
Be sure to check because if attached incorrectly, the screen willvibrate up and down or left and right during hand-shake correctionoperations.
Precautions on the Parts ReplacementThere are two types of repair parts.
Type A: ENC03JAType B: ENC03JB
Replace the broken sensor with a same type sensor. If replace withother type parts, the image will vibrate up and down or left andright during hand-shake correction operations. After replacing, re-adjust according to the adjusting method after replacement.
Precautions on Angular Velocity SensorThe sensor incorporates a precision oscillator. Handle it with careas if it dropped, the balance of the oscillator will be disrupted andoperations will not be performed properly.
Switch setting:STEADY SHOT (Menu) ................................................... ONDIGITAL ZOOM (Menu) ................................................OFF
5-28
20-1. Steady Shot Adjustment (1)
Subject Pattern A(1.5m from the front of the lens)
Measurement Point Video output terminal
Measuring Instrument Oscilloscope(V period)
Adjustment Page F
Adjustment Address 41
Fig.5-1-13.
Adjusting method:1) Select page: 0, address: 01, and set data: 01.2) Select page: F, address: EA, set data: 76, and press the PAUSE
button of the adjustment remote commander.3) Expose pattern A with the zoom TELE end.4) Adjust the focus.5) Measure the vertical position SV1 (msec) of the falling edge
of the waveform. (Oscilloscope is V period)6) Select page: F, address: EA, set data: 8A, and press the PAUSE
button.7) Measure the vertical position SV2 (msec) of the falling edge
of the waveform. (Oscilloscope is V period)8) Obtain D41' using the following equation (decimal calculation).
NTSC model
D41' = 1.53 × 0.6 × 99
SV1 – SV2 PITCH sensor sensitivityPAL model
D41' = 1.84 × 0.6 × 99
SV1 – SV2 PITCH sensor sensitivityNote: PITCH sensor sensitivity (SE601 or SE602 of SE-108 board)
is written only on the repair parts.9) Convert D41' to hexadecimal notation, and obtain D41. (Round
off to one decimal place)(Refer to Table 5-4-1. “Hexadecimal notation-Decimal notationconversion table” of “5-4. Service Mode”. )
10) Select page: F, address: 41, set data: D41, and press the PAUSEbutton.
Processing after Completing Adjustments1) Select page: F, address: EA, set data: 80, and press the PAUSE
button of the adjustment remote commander.2) Select page: 0, address: 01, and set data: 00.3) Check that the steady shot operation is performed normally.
Fig. 5-1-14.
White
White
Pattern A
A4 size (297mm × 210mm)
Black
V
SV2 (msec)SV1 (msec)
SV1–SV2
Falling edge of waveform when data is “76”
Falling edge of waveform when data is “8A”
5-29
20-2. Steady Shot Adjustment (2)
Subject Pattern B(1.5m from the front of the lens)
Measurement Point Video output terminal
Measuring Instrument Oscilloscope(H period)
Adjustment Page F
Adjustment Address 42
Fig.5-1-15.
Adjusting method:1) Select page: 0, address: 01, and set data: 01.2) Select page: F, address: EB, set data: 76, and press the PAUSE
button of the adjustment remote commander.3) Expose pattern B with the zoom TELE end.4) Adjust the focus.5) Measure the horizontal position SH1 (µ sec) of the falling edge
of the waveform. (Oscilloscope is H period)6) Select page: F, address: EB, set data: 8A, and press the PAUSE
button.7) Measure the horizontal position SH2 (µ sec) of the falling edge
of the waveform. (Oscilloscope is H period)8) Obtain D42' using the following equation (decimal calculation).
D42' = 3.90 × 0.6 × 99
SH1 – SH2 YAW sensor sensitivityNote: YAW sensor sensitivity (SE600 or SE603 of SE-108 board) is
written only on the repair parts.9) Convert D42' to hexadecimal notation, and obtain D42. (Round
off to one decimal place)(Refer to Table 5-4-1. “Hexadecimal notation-Decimal notationconversion table” of “5-4. Service Mode”. )
10) Select page: F, address: 42, set data: D42, and press the PAUSEbutton.
Processing after Completing Adjustments1) Select page: F, address: EB, set data: 80, and press the PAUSE
button of the adjustment remote commander.2) Select page: 0, address: 01, and set data: 00.3) Check that the steady shot operation is performed normally.
Fig. 5-1-16.
White White
BlackPattern B
A4 size (297mm × 210mm)
H
SH2 (µsec)SH1 (µsec)
SH1–SH2
Falling edge of waveform when data is “76”
Falling edge of waveform when data is “8A”
5-30
1-4. COLOR ELECTRONIC VIEWFINDERSYSTEM ADJUSTMENT
Note1: The back light (fluorescent tube) is driven by a high voltage ACpower supply. Therefore, do not touch the back light holder toavoid electrical shock.
Note2: When replacing the LCD unit, be careful to prevent damagescaused by static electricity.
Note3: As the PANEL CLOSE switch is attached to the cabinet (R), thiscabinet must be attached when performing adjustments.If you perform the adjustments with cabinet (R) removed, set thefollowing data.1) Select page: 2, address: 0E, and set data: 67.2) Select page: 2, address: 0F, and set data: 01.Reset the data after completing adjustment.1) Select page: 2, address: 0E, and set data: 00.2) Select page: 2, address: 0F, and set data: 00.
[Adjusting connector]Most of the measuring points for adjusting the viewfinder systemare concentrated in CN007 of the VC-242 board.Connect the Measuring Instruments via the CPC-13 jig (J-6082-433-A).The following table shows the Pin No. and signal name of CN007.
Table 5-1-7.
1. VCO Adjustment (VC-242 board)Set the VCO free-run frequency. If deviated, the EVF screen will beblurred.
Mode Camera
Subject Arbitrary
Measurement Point Pin qg of CN007 (EVF VCO)
Measuring Instrument Frequency counter
Adjustment Page D
Adjustment Address 92, 93
Specified Value f = 15734 ± 30Hz (NTSC)f = 15625 ± 30Hz (PAL)
Note1: NTSC: DCR-VX2000PAL: DCR-VX2000E
Adjusting method:
Order Page Address Data Procedure
1 0 01 01 Set the data.
2 D 92 Change the data and set theVCO frequency (f) to thespecified value.
3 D 92 Press PAUSE button.
4 D 92 Read the data, and this data isnamed D92.
5 Convert D92 to decimal notation,and obtain D92'. (Note2)
6 Calculate D93' using followingequations (Decimal calculation)NTSC model: When D92' 226
D93' = D92' + 29 When D92' > 226
D93' = 255PAL model: When D92' 29
D93' = D92' – 29 When D92' < 29
D93' = 00
7 Convert D93' to a hexadecimalnumber, and obtain D93. (Note2)
8 D 93 D93 Set the data, and press PAUSEbutton.
9 0 01 00 Set the data.
Note2: Refer to “Table 5-4-1. Hexadecimal-decimal Conversion Table”.
Pin No.1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
Signal NameGND
RF MON
SWP
RF IN/LANC JACK IN
TDO
GND
TCK
TDI
PANEL COM
TMS
Pin No.11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
Signal NameH START
XHD/PSIG
EVF VB
EVF VR
EVF VCO
GND
EVF BL –
EVF VG
LANC SIG
EVF BL +
Remove the CPC cover
CN007
20
1
Fig. 5-1-17.
5-31
2. Bright Adjustment (VC-242 board)Set the D range of the RGB decoder used to drive the LCD to thespecified value. If deviated, the LCD screen will become blackishor saturated (whitish).
Mode Camera
Subject Arbitrary
Measurement Point Pin qk of CN007 (EVF VG)
Measuring Instrument Oscilloscope
Adjustment Page D
Adjustment Address 95
Specified Value A = 7.30 ± 0.05V
Adjusting method:
Order Page Address Data Procedure
1 0 01 01 Set the data.
2 D 95 Change the data and set thevoltage (A) between the reversedwaveform pedestal and non-reversed waveform pedestal tothe specified value.
3 D 95 Press PAUSE button.
4 0 01 00 Set the data.
3. Contrast Adjustment (VC-242 board)Set the level of the VIDEO signal for driving the LCD to the specifiedvalue. If deviated, the screen image will be blackish or saturated(whitish).
Mode Camera
Subject Arbitrary
Measurement Point Pin qk of CN007 (EVF VG)
Measuring Instrument Oscilloscope
Adjustment Page D
Adjustment Address 99
Specified Value A=2.45 ± 0.05V
Adjusting method:
Order Page Address Data Procedure
1 0 01 01 Set the data.
2 D 99 Change the data and set thevoltage (A) between the 3 stepspeak and pedestal to thespecified value.(The data should be “00” to “7F”.)
3 D 99 Press PAUSE button.
4 0 01 00 Set the data.
Pedestal
Pedestal
A
2H
3 steps peak
Pedestal
A
2H
Fig. 5-1-18. Fig. 5-1-19.
5-32
4. Backlight Consumption Current Adjustment(VC-242 board)
Set the backlight luminance and color temperature.If deviated, the image may become dark or bright.
Mode Camera
Subject Arbitrary
Measurement Point + Probe: Pin w; of CN007 (EVF BL+)– Probe: Pin qj of CN007 (EVF BL–)
Measuring Instrument Digital voltmeter
Adjustment Page D
Adjustment Address 9C, 9D, 9E, 9F
Specified Value BRIGHT mode : A=37.0 ± 1.5mVdcNORMAL mode : A=22.0 ± 1.5mVdc
Note1: Perform the adjustment in the following order.Note2: Adjust 30 seconds after running on the power supply.
Adjusting method:
Order Page Address Data Procedure
1 0 01 01 Set the data.
2 D 9C F0 Set the data, and press PAUSEbutton.
3 D 9D F0 Set the data, and press PAUSEbutton.
4 D 9E 11 Set the data, and press PAUSEbutton.
5 D 9F 1F Set the data, and press PAUSEbutton.
6 D 9D Change the data and set thevoltage difference (A) betweenPin w; and Pin qj to thespecified value of BRIGHTmode.(The data should be “C0” to“FF”.)
7 D 9D Press PAUSE button.
8 D 9C Set the same data as address:9D.
9 D 9C Press PAUSE button.
10 D 9E Change the data and set thevoltage difference (A) betweenPin w; and Pin qj to thespecified value of NORMALmode.(The data should be “00” to“1F”.)
11 D 9E Press PAUSE button.
12 0 01 00 Set the data.
5. White Balance Adjustment (VC-242 board)Correct the white balance.If deviated, the reproduction of the EVF screen may degenerate.
Mode Camera
Subject Arbitrary
Measurement Point Check on EVF screen
Measuring Instrument
Adjustment Page D
Adjustment Address 97, 98
Specified Value The EVF screen should not becolored.
Note1: Check the white balance only when replacing the following parts.If necessary, adjust them.
1. LCD panel2. Light induction plate3. IC1802
Note2: Use the AC power adaptor.
Adjusting method:
Order Page Address Data Procedure
1 0 01 01 Set the data.
2 D 97 90 Set the data, and press PAUSEbutton.
3 D 98 80 Set the data, and press PAUSEbutton.
4 D 98 Check that the EVF screen is notcolored. If not colored, proceedto step 10.
5 D 97 Change the data so that the EVFscreen is not colored.
6 D 97 Press PAUSE button.
7 D 98 Change the data so that the EVFscreen is not colored.
8 D 98 Press PAUSE button.
9 D 98 If the EVF screen is colored,repeat steps 5 to 9.
10 0 01 00 Set the data.
5-33
1-5. LCD SYSTEM ADJUSTMENT
Note 1: The back light (fluorescent tube) is driven by a high voltage ACpower supply. Therefore, do not touch the back light holder toavoid electrical shock.
Note 2: When replacing the LCD unit, be careful to prevent damagescaused by static electricity.
[Adjusting connector]Most of the measuring points for adjusting the LCD system areconcentrated in CN2105 of the PD-126 board. The following tableshows the Pin No. and signal name of CN2105.
Table 5-1-8.
1. VCO Adjustment (PD-126 board)Set the VCO free-run frequency. If deviated, the LCD screen willbe blurred.
Mode VTR stop
Signal No signal
Measurement Point Pin 5 of CN2105 (HSY)
Measuring Instrument Frequency counter
Adjustment Page D
Adjustment Address A2, A3
Specified Value f = 15734 ± 30Hz (NTSC)f = 15625 ± 30Hz (PAL)
Note1: NTSC: DCR-VX2000PAL: DCR-VX2000E
Adjusting method:
Order Page Address Data Procedure
1 0 01 01 Set the data.
2 D A2 Change the data and set theVCO frequency (f) to thespecified value.
3 D A2 Press PAUSE button.
4 D A2 Read the data, and this data isnamed DA2.
5 Convert DA2 to decimal notation,and obtain DA2'. (Note2)
6 Calculate DA3' using followingequations (Decimal calculation)NTSC model: When DA2' 221
DA3' = DA2' + 34 When DA2' > 221
DA3' = 255PAL model: When DA2' 34
DA3' = DA2' – 34 When DA2' < 34
DA3' = 00
7 Convert DA3' to a hexadecimalnumber, and obtain DA3. (Note2)
8 D A3 DA3 Set the data, and press PAUSEbutton.
9 0 01 00 Set the data.
Note2: Refer to “Table 5-4-1. Hexadecimal-decimal Conversion Table”.
Pin No.1
2
3
4
5
Signal NameVG
COM
GND
PSIG
HSY
PD-126 board
CN2105
15
Fig. 5-1-20.
5-34
2. Bright Adjustment (PD-126 board)Set the D range of the RGB decoder used to drive the LCD to thespecified value. If deviated, the LCD screen will become blackishor saturated (whitish).
Mode VTR stop
Signal No signal
Measurement Point Pin 1 of CN2105 (VG)
Measuring Instrument Oscilloscope
Adjustment Page D
Adjustment Address A5
Specified Value A = 7.8 ± 0.05V
Adjusting method:
Order Page Address Data Procedure
1 0 01 01 Set the data.
2 D A5 Change the data and set thevoltage (A) between the reversedwaveform pedestal and non-reversed waveform pedestal tothe specified value.
3 D A5 Press PAUSE button.
4 0 01 00 Set the data.
3. Black Limit Adjustment (PD-126 board)Set the dynamic range of the LCD driver to an appropriate level. Ifdeviated, the LCD screen will become blackish or saturated(whitish).
Mode VTR stop
Signal No signal
Measurement Point Pin 4 of CN2105 (PSIG)
Measuring Instrument Oscilloscope
Adjustment Page D
Adjustment Address A6
Specified Value A = 8.50 ± 0.05V
Adjusting method:
Order Page Address Data Procedure
1 0 01 01 Set the data.
2 2 0E 61 Set the data.
3 2 0F Set the following data.5B: DCR-VX2000 (NTSC)53: DCR-VX2000E (PAL)
4 D A6 Change the data and set thePSIG signal amplitude (A) to thespecified value.(The data should be “00” to“0F”.)
5 D A6 Press PAUSE button.
6 2 0E 00 Set the data.
7 2 0F 00 Set the data.
8 0 01 00 Set the data.
Pedestal
Pedestal
A
2H
A
V
Fig. 5-1-21.
Fig. 5-1-22.
5-35
4. Contrast Adjustment (PD-126 board)Set the level of the VIDEO signal for driving the LCD to the specifiedvalue. If deviated, the screen image will be blackish or saturated(whitish).
Mode VTR stop
Signal No signal
Measurement Point Pin 1 of CN2105 (VG)
Measuring Instrument Oscilloscope
Adjustment Page D
Adjustment Address AA
Specified Value A = 3.10 ± 0.05V
Adjusting method:
Order Page Address Data Procedure
1 0 01 01 Set the data.
2 D AA Change the data and set thevoltage (A) between the 3 stepspeak and pedestal to thespecified value.(The data should be “00” to“7F”.)
3 D AA Press PAUSE button.
4 0 01 00 Set the data.
5 Check that the specified value of“Bright Adjustment” is satisfied.
5. Center Level Adjustment (PD-126 board)Set the video signal center level of LCD panel to an appropriatelevel.
Mode VTR stop
Signal No signal
Measurement Point Pin 1 of CN2105 (VG)
Measuring Instrument Digital voltmeter
Adjustment Page D
Adjustment Address AB
Specified Value A = 7.00 ± 0.05Vdc
Adjusting method:
Order Page Address Data Procedure
1 0 01 01 Set the data.
2 3 0C 60 Set the data, and press PAUSEbutton.
3 3 22 08 Set the data, and press PAUSEbutton.
4 D AB Change the data and set the DCvoltage (A) to the specifiedvalue.(The data should be “00” to“7F”.)
5 D AB Press PAUSE button.
6 3 0C 00 Set the data, and press PAUSEbutton.
7 3 22 00 Set the data, and press PAUSEbutton.
8 0 01 00 Set the data.
3 steps peak
Pedestal
A
2H
Fig. 5-1-23.
5-36
6. V-COM Adjustment (PD-126 board)Set the DC bias of the common electrode drive signal of LCD to thespecified value.If deviated, the LCD display will move, producing flicker andconspicuous vertical lines.
Mode VTR stop
Signal No signal
Measurement Point Check on LCD display
Measuring Instrument
Adjustment Page D
Adjustment Address A4
Specified Value The brightness difference between thesection A and section B is minimum.
Note: Perform “Bright Adjustment”, “Black Limit Adjustment”, “ContrastAdjustment” and “Center Level Adjustment” before this adjustment.
Adjusting method:
Order Page Address Data Procedure
1 0 01 01 Set the data.
2 D B0 Write down the data.
3 D B0 CA Set the data, and press PAUSEbutton.
4 D A4 Change the data so that thebrightness of the section A andthat of the section B is equal.(The data should be “80” to“BF”.)
5 D A4 Subtract 2 from the data.
6 D A4 Press PAUSE button.
7 D B0 Write the data that was writtendown in the step 2.
8 D B0 Press PAUSE button.
9 0 01 00 Set the data.
7. White Balance Adjustment (PD-126 board)Correct the white balance.If deviated, the reproduction of the LCD screen may degenerate.
Mode VTR stop
Signal No signal
Measurement Point Check on LCD screen
Measuring Instrument
Adjustment Page D
Adjustment Address A8, A9
Specified Value The LCD screen should not becolored.
Note1: Check the white balance only when replacing the following parts.If necessary, adjust them.
1. LCD panel2. Light induction plate3. IC2101
Note2: Use the AC power adaptor.
Adjusting method:
Order Page Address Data Procedure
1 0 01 01 Set the data.
2 D A8 85 Set the data, and press PAUSEbutton.
3 D A9 75 Set the data, and press PAUSEbutton.
4 D A9 Check that the LCD screen isnot colored. If not colored,proceed to step 10.
5 D A8 Change the data so that the LCDscreen is not colored.
6 D A8 Press PAUSE button.
7 D A9 Change the data so that the LCDscreen is not colored.
8 D A9 Press PAUSE button.
9 D A9 If the LCD screen is colored,repeat steps 5 to 9.
10 0 01 00 Set the data.
A
A
A
A
B
B
B
B
Fig. 5-1-24.
5-37
5-2. MECHANISM SECTIONADJUSTMENT
On the mechanism section adjustmentFor details of mechanism section adjustments, checks,and replacement of mechanism parts, refer to the separatevolume “DV MECHANICAL ADJUSTMENT MANUAL C Mechanism ”.
2-1. HOW TO ENTER RECORD MODE WITHOUTCASSETTE
1) Connect the adjustment remote commander to the LANC jack.2) Turn the HOLD switch of the adjustment remote commander
to the ON position.3) Close the cassette compartment without the cassette.4) Select page: 3, address: 01, set data: 0C, and press the PAUSE
button of the adjustment remote commander.(The mechanism enters the record mode automatically.)Note: The function buttons become inoperable.
5) To quit the record mode, select page: 3, address: 01, set data:00, and press the PAUSE button of the adjustment remotecommander. (Whenever you want to quit the record mode, besure to quit following this procedure.)
2-2. HOW TO ENTER PLAYBACK MODEWITHOUT CASSETTE
1) Connect the adjustment remote commander to the LANC jack.2) Turn the HOLD switch of the adjustment remote commander
to the ON position.3) Close the cassette compartment without the cassette.4) Select page: 3, address: 01, set data: 0B, and press the PAUSE
button of the adjustment remote commander.(The mechanism enters the playback mode automatically.)Note: The function buttons become inoperable.
5) To quit the playback mode, select page: 3, address: 01, set data:00, and press the PAUSE button of the adjustment remotecommander. (Whenever you want to quit the playback mode,be sure to quit following this procedure.)
2-3. TAPE PATH ADJUSTMENT
1. Preparation for Adjustment1) Clean the tape running side (tape guide, drum, capstan shaft,
pinch roller, etc.).2) Connect the adjustment remote commander to the LANC jack.3) Turn the HOLD switch of the adjustment remote commander
to the ON position.4) Connect an oscilloscope to VC-242 board CN007 via the CPC-
13 jig (J-6082-443-A).Channel 1: VC-242 board, CN007 Pin 2 (Note)External trigger: VC-242 board, CN007 Pin 3
Note: Connect a 75 Ω resistor between pins 2 of CN007 and 1(GND).75 Ω resistor (Parts code: 1-247-804-11)
5) Playback the alignment tape for tracking. (XH2-1)6) Select page: 3, address: 33, and set data: 08.7) Select page: 3, address: 26, and set data: 31.8) Check that the oscilloscope RF waveform is normal at the
entrance and exit.If not normal, adjust according to the separate volume“DV MECHANICAL ADJUSTMENT MANUAL C Mechanism ” .
CN007 of VC-242 board
2. Procedure after operations1) Connect the adjustment remote commander to the LANC jack
and set the HOLD switch to the ON position.2) Select page: 3, address: 26, and set data: 00.3) Select page: 3, address: 33, and set data: 00.
Fig. 5-2-1.
Pin No.1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
Signal NameGND
RF MON
SWP
RF IN/LANC JACK IN
TDO
GND
TCK
TDI
PANEL COM
TMS
Pin No.11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
Signal NameH START
XHD/PSIG
EVF VB
EVF VR
EVF VCO
GND
EVF BL –
EVF VG
LANC SIG
EVF BL +
CH1
Entrance side Exit sideCheck this section(Normal waveform)
CH2(Trigger) 3.3msec
5-38
5-3. VIDEO SECTION ADJUSTMENTS
NTSC model : DCR-VX2000PAL model : DCR-VX2000E
3-1. PREPARATIONS BEFORE ADJUSTMENTS
Use the following measuring instruments for video sectionadjustments.
3-1-1. Equipment Required
1) TV monitor2) Oscilloscope (dual-phenomenon, band above 30 MHz with
delay mode) (Unless specified otherwise, use a 10 : 1 probe.)3) Frequency counter4) Pattern generator with video output terminal.5) Digital voltmeter6) Audio generator7) Audio level meter8) Audio distortion meter9) Audio attenuator10) Regulated power supply11) Alignment tapes
• Tracking standard (XH2-1)Parts code: 8-967-997-01
• SW/OL standard (XH2-3)Parts code: 8-967-997-11
• Audio operation check for NTSC (XH5-3)Parts code: 8-967-997-51
• System operation check for NTSC (XH5-5)Parts code: 8-967-997-61
• BIST check for NTSC (XH5-6)Parts code: 8-967-997-71
• Audio operation check for PAL (XH5-3P)Parts code: 8-967-997-55
• System operation check for PAL (XH5-5P)Parts code: 8-967-997-66
• BIST check for PAL (XH5-6P)Parts code: 8-967-997-76
12) Adjustment remote commander (J-6082-053-B)13) CPC-13 jig (J-6082-443-A)14) Extension cable (50P, 0.5 mm)
For extension between the CD-254 board (CN100) and the VC-242 board (CN025) (J-6082-496-A)
5-39
3-1-2. Precautions on Adjusting1) The adjustments of this unit are performed in the VTR mode
or camera mode.To set to the VTR mode, set the power switch to “VCR” (or“PLAYER”) or set the “Forced VTR Power ON mode” usingthe adjustment remote commander (Note 1).To set to the Camera mode, set the power switch to “CAMERA”or set the “Forced Camera Power ON mode” using theadjustment remote commander (Note 2).After completing adjustments, be sure to exit the “Forced VTRPower ON Mode” or “Forced Camera Power ON Mode”.(Note 3)
2) The handle block (Microphone unit, Microphone amplifier,remote commander receiver, VTR function key) need not beconnected except during “Battery End Adjustment” and “Audioadjustments”. To remove, disconnect the following connector.
FK-076 board CN501 (36P, 0.8mm)3) By setting the “Forced VTR Power ON mode” or “Forced
Camera Power ON mode”, the video section can be operateeven if the cabinet (L) (Control switch block (CF-4980)) hasbeen removed. When removing the cabinet (L) disconnect thefollowing connector.
VC-242 board CN009 (14P, 0.5mm)4) Cabinet (R) (CK-93board, LCD block) need not be connected.
But removing the cabinet (R) (removing the VC-242 boardCN008) means removing the lithium 3V power supply (CK-093 board, BT250) , data such as date, time, user-set menuswill be lost. After completing adjustments, reset these data. Ifthe cabinet (R) has been removed, the self-diagnosis data, dataon history of use (total drum rotation time etc.) will be lost.Before removing, note down the self-diagnosis data and thedata on the history use (data of page: 2, address: A2 to AA).(Refer to “SELF-DIAGNOSIS FUNCTION” for the self-diagnosis data, and to “5-4.Service Mode” for the data on thehistory use.)To remove the cabinet (R), disconnect the following connector.
VC-242 board CN008 (50P, 0.5mm)5) The viewfinder (LB-065 board) is need not be connected. To
remove it, disconnect the following connector.VC-242 board CN8612 (27P, 0.3mm)
6) The FP-200 (flexible) is need not be connected. To remove it,disconnect the following connectors.
VC-242 board CN004 (10P, 0.5mm)LA-026 board CN053 (27P, 0.5mm)
7) The LA-026 board is need not be connected. To remove it,disconnect the following connectors.
VC-242 board CN023 (80P, 0.5mm)8) The CD-254 board of the lens block is need not be connected.
To remove it, disconnect the following connectors.VC-242 board CN025 (50P, 0.5mm)
Note 1: Setting the “Forced VTR Power ON” mode (VTR mode)1) Select page: 0, address: 01, and set data: 01.2) Select page: D, address: 10, set data: 02, and press the PAUSE
button of the adjustment remote commander.The above procedure will enable the VTR power to be turned onwith the control switch block (CF-4980) removed.After completing adjustments, be sure to exit the “Forced PowerON mode”.
Note 2: Setting the “Forced Camera Power ON” mode (Camera mode)1) Select page: 0, address: 01, and set data: 01.2) Select page: D, address: 10, set data: 01, and press the PAUSE
button of the adjustment remote commander.The above procedure will enable the camera power to be turnedon with the control switch block (CF-4980) removed.After completing adjustments, be sure to exit the “Forced PowerON mode”.
Note 3: Setting the “Forced Memory Power ON” mode (Memory mode)1) Select page: 0, address: 01, and set data: 01.2) Select page: D, address: 10, set data: 05, and press the PAUSE
button of the adjustment remote commander.The above procedure will enable the memory power to be turnedon with the control switch block (CF-4980) removed.After completing adjustments, be sure to exit the “Forced PowerON mode”.
Note 4: Exiting the “Forced Power ON” mode1) Select page: 0, address: 01, and set data: 01.2) Select page: D, address: 10, set data: 00, and press the PAUSE
button of the adjustment remote commander.3) Select page: 0, address: 01, and set data: 00.
5-40
Fig. 5-3-2.
Adjustmentremote
commander
LANC jack
Main unit
VIDEO jack
TV monitor
Fig. 5-3-1
3-1-3. Adjusting ConnectorsSome of the adjusting points of the video section are concentratedat VC-242 board CN007. Connect the measuring instruments viathe CPC-13 jig (J-6082-443-A). The following table lists the pinnumbers and signal names of CN007.
Table 5-3-1.
3-1-4. Connecting the EquipmentConnect the measuring instruments as shown in Fig. 5-3-2, andperform the adjustments.
Pin No.1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
Signal NameGND
RF MON
SWP
RF IN/LANC JACK IN
TDO
GND
TCK
TDI
PANEL COM
TMS
Pin No.11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
Signal NameH START
XHD/PSIG
EVF VB
EVF VR
EVF VCO
GND
EVF BL –
EVF VG
LANC SIG
EVF BL +
Remove the CPC cover
CN007
20
1
5-41
3-1-5. Alignment TapesUse the alignment tapes shown in the following table.Use tapes specified in the signal column of each adjustment.
Fig. 5-3-3 shows the 75% color bar signals recorded on the alignmenttape for Audio Operation Check.
Note: Measure with video terminal (Terminated at 75 Ω)
UseTape path adjustment
Switching position adjustment
Audio system adjustment
Operation check
BIST check
NameTracking standard (XH2-1)
SW/OL standard (XH2-3)
Audio operation check(XH5-3 (NTSC), XH5-3P (PAL))
System operation check(XH5-5 (NTSC), XH5-5P (PAL))
BIST check(XH5-6 (NTSC), XH5-6P (PAL))
For NTSC model
For PAL model
Color bar signal waveform Color bar pattern
Color bar signal waveform Color bar pattern
Fig. 5-3-3. Color bar signal of alignment tapes
3-1-6. Input/Output Level and ImpedanceVideo input/output
Phono jackVideo signal: 1 Vp-p, 75 Ω unbalanced,
sync negativeS video input/output
4-pin mini DINLuminance signal: 1 Vp-p, 75 Ω unbalanced,
sync negativeChrominance signal: 0.286 Vp-p, 75 Ω unbalanced (NTSC)
: 0.300 Vp-p, 75 Ω unbalanced (PAL)
Audio input/outputPhono jackInput level: 327mVInput impedance: More than 47kΩOutput level: 327 mV (at load impedance 47 kΩ)Output impedance: Below 2.2 kΩ
1V
0.714V
0.286V
White (75%)
White (100%)
Yello
w
Cya
nG
reen
Mag
enta
Red
Blu
e Burst signal
0.286V
Q I
Horizontal sync signal
(75%)
Whi
te
Yello
w
Cya
n
Gre
en
Mag
enta
Red
Blu
e
Q I
White(100%)
Black
1V0.7V
0.3V
White (100%)
Yello
wC
yan
Gre
en
Mag
enta
Red
Blu
e
Burst signalHorizontal sync signal
0.3V(100%)
Yello
w
Cya
n
Gre
en
Mag
enta
Red
Blu
e
Whi
te
Bla
ck
5-42
3-2. SYSTEM CONTROL SYSTEM ADJUSTMENT
1. Initialization of B, C, D, E, F, 8 Page DataIf the B, C, D, E, F, 8 page data is erased due to some reason, perform“1-2. INITIALIZATION OF B, C, D, E, F, 8 PAGE DATA”, of “5-1. CAMERA SECTION ADJUSTMENT”
2. Serial No. Input2-1. Company ID InputWrite the company ID in the EEPROM (nonvolatile memory).
Page C
Address E8, E9, EA, EB, EC
Input method:1) Select page: 0, address: 01, and set data: 01.2) Input the following data to page: C, addresses: E8 to EC.
Note: Press the PAUSE button of the adjustment remote commandereach time to set the data.
3) Select page: 0, address: 01, and set data: 00.
2-2. Serial No. InputWrite the serial No. and model code in the EEPROM (nonvolatilememory). Convert the serial No. on the name plate from decimal tohexadecimal, and write in the EEPROM.
Page C
Address ED, EE, EF
Input method:1) Select page: 0, address: 01, and set data: 01.2) Read the serial No. on the name plate, and take it as D1.
Example: If the serial No. is 77881.D1=77881
3) Obtain D2 and H1 corresponding to D1 from Table 5-3-2.Example: If D1 is “77881”.
D2=D1–65536=12345H1=FE
Table 5-3-2.
4) Input H1 to page: C, address: ED. (Model code input)Example: If H1 is “FE”.
Select page: C, address: ED, set data: FE, andpress the PAUSE button.
5) Obtain the maximum decimal not exceeding D2 from Table 5-3-3, and take this as D3.
Example: If D2 is “12345”.D3=12288
6) Obtain the hexadecimal corresponding to D3 from Table 5-3-3,and take this as H3.
Example: If D3 is “12288”.H3=3000
7) Obtain the difference D4 between D2 and D3. (Decimalcalculation, 0 D4 255)
D4= D2–D3
Example: If D2 is “12345” and D3 is “12288”.D4=12345–12288=57
8) Convert D4 to hexadecimal, and take this as H4.(Refer to “Hexadecimal-decimal conversion table” in “5-4.Service Mode”.)
Example: If D4 is “57”.H4=39
9) Input the upper 2 digits of H3 to page: C, address: EE.Example: If H3 is “3000”.
Select page: C, address: EE, set data: 30, andpress the PAUSE button.
10) Input H4 to page: C, address: EF.Example: If H4 is “39”.
Select page: C, address: EF, set data: 39, andpress the PAUSE button.
11) Select page: 0, address: 01, and set data: 00.
AddressE8
E9
EA
EB
EC
Data08
00
46
01
01
D1 (Decimal)
000001 to 065535
065536 to 131071
131072 to 196607
D2 (Decimal)
D1
D1–65536
D1–131072
H1 (Hexadecimal)(Service model code)FE
FE
FE
5-43
Decimal(D3)
Hexa-decimal
(H3)
Decimal(D3)
Hexa-decimal
(H3)
Decimal(D3)
Hexa-decimal
(H3)
Decimal(D3)
Hexa-decimal
(H3)
Decimal(D3)
Hexa-decimal
(H3)
Decimal(D3)
Hexa-decimal
(H3)
Decimal(D3)
Hexa-decimal
(H3)
Decimal(D3)
Hexa-decimal
(H3)
0
256
512
768
1024
1280
1536
1792
2048
2304
2560
2816
3072
3328
3584
3840
4096
4352
4608
4864
5120
5376
5632
5888
6144
6400
6656
6912
7168
7424
7680
7936
8192
8448
8704
8960
9216
9472
9728
9984
10240
10496
10752
11008
11264
11520
11776
12032
12288
12544
12800
13056
13312
13568
13824
14080
14336
14592
14848
15104
15360
15616
15872
16128
16384
16640
16896
17152
17408
17664
17920
18176
18432
18688
18944
19200
19456
19712
19968
20224
20480
20736
20992
21248
21504
21760
22016
22272
22528
22784
23040
23296
23552
23808
24064
24320
24576
24832
25088
25344
25600
25856
26112
26368
26624
26880
27136
27392
27648
27904
28160
28416
28672
28928
29184
29440
29696
29952
30208
30464
30720
30976
31232
31488
31744
32000
32256
32512
32768
33024
33280
33536
33792
34048
34304
34560
34816
35072
35328
35584
35840
36096
36352
36608
36864
37120
37376
37632
37888
38144
38400
38656
38912
39168
39424
39680
39936
40192
40448
40704
40960
41216
41472
41728
41984
42240
42496
42752
43008
43264
43520
43776
44032
44288
44544
44800
45056
45312
45568
45824
46080
46336
46592
46848
47104
47360
47616
47872
48128
48384
48640
48896
49152
49408
49664
49920
50176
50432
50688
50944
51200
51456
51712
51968
52224
52480
52736
52992
53248
53504
53760
54016
54272
54528
54784
55040
55296
55552
55808
56064
56320
56576
56832
57088
57344
57600
57856
58112
58368
58624
58880
59136
59392
59648
59904
60160
60416
60672
60928
61184
61440
61696
61952
62208
62464
62720
62976
63232
63488
63744
64000
64256
64512
64768
65024
65280
0000
0100
0200
0300
0400
0500
0600
0700
0800
0900
0A00
0B00
0C00
0D00
0E00
0F00
1000
1100
1200
1300
1400
1500
1600
1700
1800
1900
1A00
1B00
1C00
1D00
1E00
1F00
2000
2100
2200
2300
2400
2500
2600
2700
2800
2900
2A00
2B00
2C00
2D00
2E00
2F00
3000
3100
3200
3300
3400
3500
3600
3700
3800
3900
3A00
3B00
3C00
3D00
3E00
3F00
4000
4100
4200
4300
4400
4500
4600
4700
4800
4900
4A00
4B00
4C00
4D00
4E00
4F00
5000
5100
5200
5300
5400
5500
5600
5700
5800
5900
5A00
5B00
5C00
5D00
5E00
5F00
6000
6100
6200
6300
6400
6500
6600
6700
6800
6900
6A00
6B00
6C00
6D00
6E00
6F00
7000
7100
7200
7300
7400
7500
7600
7700
7800
7900
7A00
7B00
7C00
7D00
7E00
7F00
8000
8100
8200
8300
8400
8500
8600
8700
8800
8900
8A00
8B00
8C00
8D00
8E00
8F00
9000
9100
9200
9300
9400
9500
9600
9700
9800
9900
9A00
9B00
9C00
9D00
9E00
9F00
A000
A100
A200
A300
A400
A500
A600
A700
A800
A900
AA00
AB00
AC00
AD00
AE00
AF00
B000
B100
B200
B300
B400
B500
B600
B700
B800
B900
BA00
BB00
BC00
BD00
BE00
BF00
C000
C100
C200
C300
C400
C500
C600
C700
C800
C900
CA00
CB00
CC00
CD00
CE00
CF00
D000
D100
D200
D300
D400
D500
D600
D700
D800
D900
DA00
DB00
DC00
DD00
DE00
DF00
E000
E100
E200
E300
E400
E500
E600
E700
E800
E900
EA00
EB00
EC00
ED00
EE00
EF00
F000
F100
F200
F300
F400
F500
F600
F700
F800
F900
FA00
FB00
FC00
FD00
FE00
FF00
Table 5-3-3.
5-44
Fig. 5-3-4.
3. Battery End AdjustmentSet the battery end voltage.If the voltage is incorrect, the life of the battery will shorten.The image at the battery end will also be rough.
Mode Camera recording
Subject Arbitrary
Measurement Point Display data of page: 2, address: 5D
Measuring Instrument Adjustment remote commander
Adjustment Page D
Adjustment Address 48 to 4C
Switch setting1) AUTO FOCUS .................................................................OFF
Connection:1) Connect the regulated power supply and the digital voltmeter
to the battery terminal as shown in Fig. 5-3-4.
Preparations before adjustments:1) Adjust the output voltage of the regulated power supply so that
the digital voltmeter display is 6.1 ± 0.1Vdc.2) Turn off the power supply.3) Turn on the HOLD switch of the adjustment remote
commander.4) Turn on the power supply.5) Load a cassette, and set to the camera recording mode.
Adjusting method:
Order Page Address Data Procedure
1 0 01 01 Set the data.
2 Decrease the output voltage ofthe regulated power supply sothat the digital voltmeter displayis 5.50 ± 0.01Vdc.
3 2 5D Read the data, and this data isnamed Dref.
4 D 48 Dref Set the data, and press PAUSEbutton.
5 Convert Dref to decimalnotation, and obtain Dref'.(Note1)
6 Calculate D49', D4A', D4B' and D4C'using following equations.(decimal calculation)D49' =Dref' + 7D4A' =Dref' + 25D4B' =Dref' + 29D4C' =Dref' + 37
7 Convert D49', D4A', D4B' and D4C'to decimal notation, and obtainD49, D4A, D4B and D4C. (Note1)
8 D 49 D49 Set the data, and press PAUSEbutton.
9 D 4A D4A Set the data, and press PAUSEbutton.
10 D 4B D4B Set the data, and press PAUSEbutton.
11 D 4C D4C Set the data, and press PAUSEbutton.
12 0 01 00 Set the data.
Note1: Refer to Table 5-4-1. “Hexadecimal-decimal conversion table” of“5-4.Service mode”.
+
+
Regulated power supply
Digital volt meter
5.5 ± 0.01 Vdc
+
5-45
3-3. SERVO AND RF SYSTEM ADJUSTMENTBefore perform the servo and RF system adjustments, check thatthe specified value of “27 MHz Origin Oscillation Adjustment” of“CAMERA SYSTEM ADJUSTMENT” is satisfied.
Adjusting Procedure:1. Cap FG duty adjustment2. T-reel FG duty adjustment3. PLL f0 & LPF f0 adjustment4. Switching position adjustment5. AGC center level6. APC & AEQ adjustment7. PLL f0 & LPF f0 final adjustment
1. Cap FG Duty Adjustment (VC-242 Board)Set the Cap FG signal duty cycle to 50% to establish an appropriatecapstan servo. If deviated, the uneven rotation of capstan and noisecan occur.
Measurement Point Display data of page: 3, address: 03
Measuring Instrument Adjustment remote commander
Adjustment Page C
Adjustment Address 16
Specified Value 00
Adjusting method:
Order Page Address Data Procedure
1 Close the cassette compartmentwithout inserting a cassette.
2 0 01 01 Set the data.
3 3 01 1B Set the data, and press PAUSEbutton.
4 3 02 Check that the data changes inthe following order.“1B” → “2B” → “00”
5 3 03 Check that the data is “00”.(Note)
6 0 01 00 Set the data.
Note: If the data is “01”, adjustment has errors or the mechanism deck isdefective.
2. T reel FG Duty Adjustment (VC-242 Board)Adjust the take-up reel FG signal duty cycle to an appropriate valueso that the correct T-reel FG signal is obtained.
Measurement Point Display data of page: 3, address: 03
Measuring Instrument Adjustment remote commander
Adjustment Page C
Adjustment Address 17
Specified Value 00
Adjusting method:
Order Page Address Data Procedure
1 Close the cassette compartmentwithout inserting a cassette.
2 0 01 01 Set the data.
3 3 01 1C Set the data, and press PAUSEbutton.
4 3 02 Check that the data changes inthe following order.“1C” → “2C” → “00”
5 3 03 Check that the data is “00”.(Note)
6 0 01 00 Set the data.
Note: If the data is “02”, adjustment has errors or the mechanism deck isdefective.
3. PLL f 0 & LPF f 0 Adjustment (VC-242 Board)
Mode VTR stop
Measurement Point Display data of page: 3, address: 03
Measuring Instrument Adjustment remote commander
Adjustment Page C
Adjustment Address 1F, 20, 22, 29
Specified Value Bit2, bit3 and bit6 are “0”
Adjusting method:
Order Page Address Data Procedure
1 0 01 01 Set the data.
2 3 01 30 Set the data, and press PAUSEbutton.
3 3 02 Check that the data changes to“00”.
4 3 03 Check that the data is “00”.(Note)
5 0 01 00 Set the data.
Note: If the data is other than “00”, there are errors.For the error contents, see the following table. (For the bit values,refer to “5-4. SERVICE MODE”, “4-3. 3. Bit value discrimination”.)
Bit value of page: 3, Error contents
address: 03 data
bit 4 = 1 PLL f0 even channel is defective
bit 5 = 1 PLL f0 odd channel is defective
bit 6 = 1 LPF f0 is defective
bit 3 = 1 PLL f0 final adjustment is defective
bit 2 = 1 PLL f0 final adjustment time-out
5-46
4. Switching Position Adjustment (VC-242 Board)
Mode VTR playback
Signal SW/OL reference tape (XH2-3)
Measurement Point Display data of page: 3, address: 03
Measuring Instrument Adjustment remote commander
Adjustment Page C
Adjustment Address 10, 11, 12, 13
Specified Value 00
Adjusting method:
Order Page Address Data Procedure
1 Insert the SW/OL reference tapeand enter the VTR STOP mode.
2 0 01 01 Set the data.
3 3 21 Check that the data is “02”.(Note1)
4 3 01 0D Set the data, and press PAUSEbutton.
5 3 02 Check that the data changes to“00”.
6 3 03 Check that the data is “00”.(Note2)
7 0 01 00 Set the data.
Note1: If the data of page: 3, address: 21 is “72”, the tape top being played.After playing the tape for 1 to 2 seconds, stop it, perform step 4and higher.
Note2: If bit 0 of the data is “1”, the even channel is defective. If bit 1 is“1”, the odd channel is defective. Contents of the defect is writteninto page: C, addresses: 10 and 12. See the following table. (Forthe bit values, refer to “5-4. SERVICE MODE”, “4-3. 3. Bit valuediscrimination”.)
When the even channel is defective
Data of page: C, Contents of defect
address: 10
EE Writing into EEPROM (IC502) is defective
E8 Adjustment data is out of range
E7 No data is returned from IC301 (CAIN)
When the odd channel is defective
Data of page: C, Contents of defect
address: 12
EE Writing into EEPROM (IC502) is defective
E8 Adjustment data is out of range
E7 No data is returned from IC301 (CAIN)
5. AGC Center Level and APC & AEQ Adjustment
5-1. Preparations before adjustments
Mode Camera recording
Subject Arbitrary
Adjusting method:
Order Page Address Data Procedure
1 2 30 40 Set the data.
2 Record the camera signal forthree minutes.
5-2. AGC Center Level Adjustment (VC-242 Board)
Mode Playback
Signal Recorded signal at “Preparationsbefore adjustments”
Measurement Point Pin 2 of CN007 (RF MON) (Note 1)Ext. trigger: Pin 3 of CN007 (SWP)
Measuring Instrument Oscilloscope
Adjustment Page C
Adjustment Address 1E
Specified Value The data of page: 3, address: 03 is“00”
Note 1: Connect a 75Ω resistor between Pin 2 and Pin 1 (GND) ofCN007.75Ω resistor (Parts code: 1-247-804-11)
Adjusting method:
Order Page Address Data Procedure
1 Playback the recorded signal at“Preparations beforeadjustments”
2 0 01 01 Set the data.
3 3 33 08 Set the data.
4 Confirm that the playback RFsignal is stable. (Fig. 5-3-5.)
5 3 01 23 Set the data, and press PAUSEbutton.
6 3 02 Check that the data is “00”.
7 3 03 Check that the data is “00”.(Note2)
8 Perform “APC & AEQAdjustment”.
Note2: If the data of page: 3, address: 03 is other than “00”, adjustmenthas errors. (Take an appropriate remedial measures according tothe errors referring to the following table.)
Data Contents of defect
20 Perform re-adjustment. (Note 3)
30 The machine is defective
40 Perform re-adjustment. (Note 3)
50 The machine is defective
Note 3: If this data is displayed twice successively, the machine is defective.
6.7 msec
PB RF signal is stable
Pin 3
Pin 2
Fig. 5-3-5.
5-47
5-3. APC & AEQ Adjustment (VC-242 Board)
Mode Playback
Signal Recorded signal at “Preparationsbefore adjustments”
Measurement Point Pin 2 of CN007 (RF MON) (Note 1)Ext. trigger: Pin 3 of CN007 (SWP)
Measuring Instrument Oscilloscope
Adjustment Page C
Adjustment Address 18, 19, 1B, 1C, 21, 2C
Specified Value The data of page: 3, address: 03 is“00”
Note 1: Connect a 75Ω resistor between Pin 2 and Pin 1 (GND) ofCN007.75Ω resistor (Parts code: 1-247-804-11)
Note 2: The “AGC Center Level Adjustment” must have already beencompleted before starting this adjustment.
Adjusting method:
Order Page Address Data Procedure
1 Playback the recorded signal at“Preparations beforeadjustments”
2 0 01 01 Set the data.
3 3 33 08 Set the data.
4 Confirm that the playback RFsignal is stable. (Fig. 5-3-6.)
5 3 01 07 Set the data, and press PAUSEbutton.
6 3 02 Check that the data changesfrom “07” to “00” in about 20seconds after pressing PAUSEbutton.
7 3 03 Check that the data is “00”.(Note3)
8 Perform “Processing afterCompleting Adjustments”.
Note3: If the data is other than “00”, adjustment has errors. Take anappropriate remedial measures according to the errors referring tothe following table.
Data Contents of defect
20 Perform re-adjustment. (Note 4)
30 The machine is defective
50 Perform re-adjustment. (Note 4)
60 The machine is defective
80 The machine is defective
Note 4: If this data is displayed twice successively, the machine is defective.
5-4. Processing after Completing Adjustments
Order Page Address Data Procedure
1 2 30 00 Set the data.
2 3 33 00 Set the data.
3 0 01 00 Set the data.
6. PLL f 0 & LPF f 0 Final Adjustment (VC-242 Board)
Mode VTR stop
Signal Arbitrary
Measurement Point Display data of page: 3, address: 03
Measuring Instrument Adjustment remote commander
Adjustment Page C
Adjustment Address 1F, 20, 22, 29
Specified Value Bit2, bit3 and bit6 are “0”
Adjusting method:
Order Page Address Data Procedure
1 0 01 01 Set the data.
2 3 01 30 Set the data, and press PAUSEbutton.
3 3 02 Check that the data changes to“00”.
4 3 03 Check that bit2, bit3 and bit6 ofthe data are “0”. (Note)
5 0 01 00 Set the data.
Note: If bit2, bit3 or bit 6 of the data is “1”, there are errors.For the error contents, see the following table. (For the bit values,refer to “5-4. SERVICE MODE”, “4-3. 3. Bit value discrimination”.)
Bit value of page: 3, Error contents
address: 03
bit 4 = 1 PLL f0 even channel is defective
bit 5 = 1 PLL f0 odd channel is defective
bit 6 = 1 LPF f0 is defective
bit 3 = 1 PLL f0 final adjustment is defective
bit 2 = 1 PLL f0 final adjustment time-out
6.7 msec
PB RF signal is stable
Pin 3
Pin 2
Fig. 5-3-6.
5-48
3-4. VIDEO SYSTEM ADJUSTMENTSBefore perform the video system adjustments, check that thespecified value of “27MHz Origin Oscillation Adjustment” of“CAMERA SYSTEM ADJUSTMENT” is satisfied.
3-4-1. Base Band Block Adjustments
1. Chroma BPF f 0 Adjustment (VC-242 Board)Set the center frequency of IC1301 chroma band-pass filter.
Mode Camera
Subject All black(Cover the lens with the lens cap)
Measurement Point CH1: Chroma signal terminal ofS VIDEO jack (75Ω terminated)CH2: Y signal terminal of S VIDEOjack (75Ω terminated)
Measuring Instrument Oscilloscope
Adjustment Page C
Adjustment Address 28
Specified Value A = 100mVp-p or lessB = 200mVp-p or more
Adjusting method:
Order Page Address Data Procedure
1 0 01 01 Set the data.
2 Check that the burst signal (B) isoutput to the chroma signalterminal of S VIDEO jack.
3 3 0C 04 Set the data, and press PAUSEbutton.
4 C 28 Change the data for minimumamplitude of the burst signallevel (A).(The data should be “00” to“07”.)
5 C 28 Press PAUSE button.
6 3 0C 00 Set the data, and press PAUSEbutton.
7 Check that the burst signal level(B) satisfies the specified value.
8 0 01 00 Set the data.
2. S VIDEO OUT Y Level Adjustment (VC-242 Board)
Mode Camera
Subject Arbitrary
Measurement Point Y signal terminal of S VIDEO jack(75Ω terminated)
Measuring Instrument Oscilloscope
Adjustment Page C
Adjustment Address 25
Specified Value A = 1000 ± 14mV
Adjusting method:
Order Page Address Data Procedure
1 0 01 01 Set the data.
2 2 35 Note down the data.
3 2 35 01 Set the data.
4 3 0C 02 Set the data, and press PAUSEbutton.
5 C 25 Change the data and set the Ysignal level (A) to the specifiedvalue.
6 C 25 Press PAUSE button.
7 3 0C 00 Set the data, and press PAUSEbutton.
8 2 35 Set the data that is noted down atstep 2.
9 0 01 00 Set the data.
CH1
CH2
A
H
CH1
H
B
When the data of page: 3, address: 0C, is 04:
When the data of page: 3, address: 0C, is 00:
Fig. 5-3-7.
H
Center of luminance line
A
Fig. 5-3-8.
5-49
3. S VIDEO OUT Chroma Level Adjustment(VC-242 Board)
Mode Camera
Subject Arbitrary
Measurement Point Chroma signal terminal of S VIDEOjack (75Ω terminated)External trigger: Y signal terminal ofS VIDEO jack
Measuring Instrument Oscilloscope
Adjustment Page C
Adjustment Address 26, 27
Specified Value Cr level: A = 714 ± 14mV(NTSC)A = 700 ± 14mV(PAL)
Cb level: B = 714 ± 14mV(NTSC)B = 700 ± 14mV(PAL)
Burst level:C = 286 ± 6mV(NTSC)C = 300 ± 6mV(PAL)
Adjusting method:
Order Page Address Data Procedure
1 0 01 01 Set the data.
2 2 35 Note down the data.
3 2 35 01 Set the data.
4 3 0C 02 Set the data, and press PAUSEbutton.
5 C 26 Change the data and set the Crsignal level (A) to the specifiedvalue.
6 C 26 Press PAUSE button.
7 C 27 Change the data and set the Cbsignal level (B) to the specifiedvalue.
8 C 27 Press PAUSE button.
9 Check that the burst signal level(C) is satisfied the specified value.
10 3 0C 00 Set the data, and press PAUSEbutton.
11 2 35 Set the data that is noted down atstep 2.
12 0 01 00 Set the data.
4. VIDEO OUT Y, Chroma Level Check (VC-242 Board)
Mode Camera
Subject Arbitrary
Measurement Point VIDEO jack (75Ω terminated)
Measuring Instrument Oscilloscope
Specified Value Sync level: A = 286 ± 18mV(NTSC)A = 300 ± 18mV(PAL)
Burst level:B = 286 ± 18mV(NTSC)B = 300 ± 18mV(PAL)
Adjusting method:
Order Page Address Data Procedure
1 2 35 Note down the data.
2 2 35 01 Set the data.
3 3 0C 02 Set the data, and press PAUSEbutton.
4 Check that the sync signal level(A) satisfies the specified value.
5 Check that the burst signal level(B) satisfies the specified value.
6 3 0C 00 Set the data, and press PAUSEbutton.
7 2 35 Set the data that is noted down atstep 1.
8 0 01 00 Set the data.
H
C
A
0.28 µsec (NTSC)0.23 µsec (PAL)
B
0.28 µsec (NTSC) 0.23 µsec (PAL)
H
B
A
Fig. 5-3-9.
Fig. 5-3-10.
5-50
3-4-2. BIST Check
Switch setting:LCD panel ...................................................................... Open
1. Playback System Check
1-1. Preparations for Playback
Order Page Address Data Procedure
1 Set the POWER switch to VCRposition.
2 Connect the adjustment remotecommander and set the HOLDswitch to ON (SERVICE)position.
3 0 01 01 Set the data.
4 C 42 00 Set the data, and press PAUSEbutton.
5 Playback the BIST check tape.(XH5-6 (NTSC), XH5-6P (PAL))
Note1: Perform the following checks in the playback mode.Note2: Use the AC power adaptor or the battery (Info LITHIUM L series).
1-2. IC301 TRX (RF) PB BIST Check
Order Page Address Data Procedure
1 3 70 04 Set the data, and press PAUSEbutton.
2 3 70 00 Set the data, and press PAUSEbutton.
3 3 73 Check that the data is equal toeither of the following values.And memorize the case numberof the value.NTSC model:
63 (Case1), C5 (Case2),75 (Case3), D3 (Case4),59 (Case5), FF (Case6)
PAL model:86 (Case1), AA (Case2),90 (Case3)
4 3 74 Check that the data is equal tothe following value which casenumber is equal to that ofaddress 73.NTSC model:
84 (Case1), 55 (Case2),07 (Case3), D6 (Case4),01 (Case5), D0 (Case6)
PAL model:35 (Case1), 33 (Case2),B6 (Case3)
5 3 If the data of address 73 andaddress 74 are correct, IC301TRX (RF) playback system isnormal.
1-3. IC301 AUD (ABUS) PB BIST Check
Order Page Address Data Procedure
1 3 11 04 Set the data, and press PAUSEbutton.
2 3 12 08 Set the data, and press PAUSEbutton.
3 3 12 00 Set the data, and press PAUSEbutton.
4 3 13 03 Set the data, and press PAUSEbutton.
5 3 14 Check that the data is thefollowing value.NTSC model: 41PAL model: 2D
6 3 15 Check that the data is thefollowing value.NTSC model: 81PAL model: 7C
7 3 If the data of address 14 andaddress 15 are correct, IC301AUD (ABUS) playback systemis normal.
1-4. IC301 VFD PB BIST Check• EX Y BIST Check
Order Page Address Data Procedure
1 3 12 10 Set the data, and press PAUSEbutton.
2 3 12 00 Set the data, and press PAUSEbutton.
3 3 13 04 Set the data, and press PAUSEbutton.
4 3 14 Check that the data is thefollowing value.NTSC model: FBPAL model: 54
5 3 15 Check that the data is thefollowing value.NTSC model: F4PAL model: ED
6 3 If the data of address 14 andaddress 15 are correct, IC301EX Y playback system isnormal.
5-51
• EVF Y BIST Check
Order Page Address Data Procedure
1 3 10 88 Set the data, and press PAUSEbutton.
2 3 12 10 Set the data, and press PAUSEbutton.
3 3 12 00 Set the data, and press PAUSEbutton.
4 3 13 04 Set the data, and press PAUSEbutton.
5 3 14 Check that the data is thefollowing value.NTSC model: 9BPAL model: 20
6 3 15 Check that the data is thefollowing value.NTSC model: C3PAL model: F8
7 3 If the data of address 14 andaddress 15 are correct, IC301EVF Y playback system isnormal.
• EVF Cr BIST Check
Order Page Address Data Procedure
1 3 10 89 Set the data, and press PAUSEbutton.
2 3 12 10 Set the data, and press PAUSEbutton.
3 3 12 00 Set the data, and press PAUSEbutton.
4 3 13 04 Set the data, and press PAUSEbutton.
5 3 14 Check that the data is thefollowing value.NTSC model: 2EPAL model: 33
6 3 15 Check that the data is thefollowing value.NTSC model: 34PAL model: DD
7 3 If the data of address 14 andaddress 15 are correct, IC301EVF Cr playback system isnormal.
• EVF Cb BIST Check
Order Page Address Data Procedure
1 3 10 8A Set the data, and press PAUSEbutton.
2 3 12 10 Set the data, and press PAUSEbutton.
3 3 12 00 Set the data, and press PAUSEbutton.
4 3 13 04 Set the data, and press PAUSEbutton.
5 3 14 Check that the data is thefollowing value.NTSC model: A9PAL model: AA
6 3 15 Check that the data is thefollowing value.NTSC model: 39PAL model: 03
7 3 If the data of address 14 andaddress 15 are correct, IC301EVF Cb playback system isnormal.
• PANEL Y BIST Check
Order Page Address Data Procedure
1 3 10 98 Set the data, and press PAUSEbutton.
2 3 12 10 Set the data, and press PAUSEbutton.
3 3 12 00 Set the data, and press PAUSEbutton.
4 3 13 04 Set the data, and press PAUSEbutton.
5 3 14 Check that the data is thefollowing value.NTSC model: 9BPAL model: 20
6 3 15 Check that the data is thefollowing value.NTSC model: C3PAL model: F8
7 3 If the data of address 14 andaddress 15 are correct, IC301PANEL Y playback system isnormal.
5-52
• PANEL Cr BIST Check
Order Page Address Data Procedure
1 3 10 99 Set the data, and press PAUSEbutton.
2 3 12 10 Set the data, and press PAUSEbutton.
3 3 12 00 Set the data, and press PAUSEbutton.
4 3 13 04 Set the data, and press PAUSEbutton.
5 3 14 Check that the data is thefollowing value.NTSC model: 2EPAL model: 33
6 3 15 Check that the data is thefollowing value.NTSC model: 34PAL model: DD
7 3 If the data of address 14 andaddress 15 are correct, IC301PANEL Cr playback system isnormal.
• PANEL Cb BIST Check
Order Page Address Data Procedure
1 3 10 9A Set the data, and press PAUSEbutton.
2 3 12 10 Set the data, and press PAUSEbutton.
3 3 12 00 Set the data, and press PAUSEbutton.
4 3 13 04 Set the data, and press PAUSEbutton.
5 3 14 Check that the data is thefollowing value.NTSC model: A9PAL model: AA
6 3 15 Check that the data is thefollowing value.NTSC model: 39PAL model: 03
7 3 If the data of address 14 andaddress 15 are correct, IC301PANEL Cb playback system isnormal.
1-5. IC301 ENCODER BIST Check• Preparations
Order Page Address Data Procedure
1 0 01 01 Set the data.
2 8 21 0F Set the data, and press PAUSEbutton.
• ENCODER Ya BIST Check
Order Page Address Data Procedure
1 3 10 8B Set the data, and press PAUSEbutton.
2 3 12 10 Set the data, and press PAUSEbutton.
3 3 12 00 Set the data, and press PAUSEbutton.
4 3 13 04 Set the data, and press PAUSEbutton.
5 3 14 Check that the data is thefollowing value.NTSC model: FDPAL model: 58
6 3 15 Check that the data is thefollowing value.NTSC model: 3EPAL model: BE
7 3 If the data of address 14 andaddress 15 are correct, IC301ENCORDER Ya playbacksystem is normal.
• ENCODER Yb BIST Check
Order Page Address Data Procedure
1 3 10 8C Set the data, and press PAUSEbutton.
2 3 12 10 Set the data, and press PAUSEbutton.
3 3 12 00 Set the data, and press PAUSEbutton.
4 3 13 04 Set the data, and press PAUSEbutton.
5 3 14 Check that the data is thefollowing value.NTSC model: 94PAL model: A1
6 3 15 Check that the data is thefollowing value.NTSC model: D6PAL model: ED
7 3 If the data of address 14 andaddress 15 are correct, IC301ENCORDER Yb playbacksystem is normal.
5-53
• ENCODER Ca BIST Check
Order Page Address Data Procedure
1 3 10 8D Set the data, and press PAUSEbutton.
2 3 12 10 Set the data, and press PAUSEbutton.
3 3 12 00 Set the data, and press PAUSEbutton.
4 3 13 04 Set the data, and press PAUSEbutton.
5 3 14 Check that the data is equal toeither of the following values.And memorize the case numberof the value.NTSC model:
11 (Case1), 4E (Case2)PAL model:
E8 (Case1), 7B (Case2)
6 3 15 Check that the data is equal tothe following value which casenumber is equal to that ofaddress 14.NTSC model:
FD (Case1), 3B (Case2)PAL model:
62 (Case1), B0 (Case2)
7 3 If the data of address 14 andaddress 15 are correct, IC301ENCODER Ca playback systemis normal.
• ENCODER Cb BIST Check
Order Page Address Data Procedure
1 3 10 8E Set the data, and press PAUSEbutton.
2 3 12 10 Set the data, and press PAUSEbutton.
3 3 12 00 Set the data, and press PAUSEbutton.
4 3 13 04 Set the data, and press PAUSEbutton.
5 3 14 Check that the data is equal toeither of the following values.And memorize the case numberof the value.NTSC model:
5C (Case1), BC (Case2)PAL model:
96 (Case1), 35 (Case2)
6 3 15 Check that the data is equal tothe following value which casenumber is equal to that ofaddress 14.NTSC model:
20 (Case1), A8 (Case2)PAL model:
79 (Case1), 7C (Case2)
7 3 If the data of address 14 andaddress 15 are correct, IC301ENCODER Cb playback systemis normal.
1-6. Processing after Completing Playback System Check
Order Page Address Data Procedure
1 0 01 01 Set the data.
2 C 42 0A Set the data, and press PAUSEbutton.
3 8 21 03 Set the data, and press PAUSEbutton.
4 0 01 00 Set the data.
5 Turn off the power and turn onagain.
5-54
2. Recording System Check
2-1. Preparations for recording
Order Page Address Data Procedure
1 Playback the BIST check tape.(XH5-6(NTSC), XH5-6P(PAL))
2 3 10 C0 Set the data, and press PAUSEbutton.
3 3 11 07 Set the data, and press PAUSEbutton.
4 Enter the stop mode.
5 While keep the HOLD switch ofthe adjustment remotecommander at ON (SERVICE)position, eject the BIST checktape.
6 Close the cassette compartmentwithout inserting a cassette.
7 Set the power switch to“CAMERA”.
8 3 01 0C Set the data, and press PAUSEbutton.
2-2. IC301 TRX (RF) REC BIST Check
Order Page Address Data Procedure
1 3 70 04 Set the data, and press PAUSEbutton.
2 3 70 00 Set the data, and press PAUSEbutton.
3 3 71 Check that the data is equal toeither of the following values.And memorize the case numberof the value.NTSC model:
26 (Case1), 5E (Case2)PAL model:
53 (Case1), 77 (Case2)
4 3 72 Check that the data is equal tothe following value which casenumber is equal to that ofaddress 71.NTSC model:
95 (Case1), E3 (Case2)PAL model:
DF (Case1), D5 (Case2)
5 3 If the data of address 71 andaddress 72 are correct, IC301TRX (RF) recording system isnormal.
2-3. Processing after Completing Recording System Check
Order Page Address Data Procedure
1 3 01 00 Set the data, and press PAUSEbutton.
2 Turn off the power and turn onagain.
5-55
3-5. AUDIO SYSTEM ADJUSTMENTS
Switch setting:MIC/LINE .............................................................................. MICMIC LEVEL (Menu) ........................................................... AUTO
[Connection of Audio System Measuring Devices]Connect the audio system measuring devices as shown in Fig. 5-3-11.
Fig. 5-3-11.
Recording (Camera mode)
Audio oscillator
Attenuator
600 Ω Left
Right
Main unit
MIC
600 Ω: 270 Ω (1-249-410-11) + 330 Ω (1-249-411-11)
Main unit
47k Ω
47k Ω
Video Video jack
Audio jack
L
R
TV monitor
Audio level meteror Distortion meter
47k Ω (1-249-437-11)
Playback
5-56
1. Playback Level Check
Mode VTR playback
Signal Alignment tape:For audio operation check(XH5-3 (NTSC))(XH5-3P (PAL))
Measurement Point Audio left or right terminal of AUDIOjack
Measuring Instrument Audio level meter and frequencycounter
Specified Value 32 kHz mode: 1 kHz, +2.2 ± 2.0dBs48 kHz mode: 1 kHz, +2.2 ± 2.0dBs44.1 kHz mode:The 7.35kHz signal level during EMPOFF is +2.2 ± 2.0dBs.The 7.35kHz signal level during EMPON is –6.2 ± 2 dB from the signallevel during EMP OFF.
Checking Method:1) Check that the playback signal level is the specified value.
2. Overall Level Characteristics Check
Mode Camera recording and playback
Signal 400Hz, –66 dBs signal: MIC jack leftand right
Measurement Point Audio left or right terminal of AUDIOjack
Measuring Instrument Audio level meter
Specified Value –7.5 ± 3.0dBs
Checking Method:1) Input the 400Hz, –66dBs signal in the MIC jack.2) Record in the camera mode.3) Playback the recorded section.4) Check that the 400Hz signal level is the specified value.
3. Overall Distortion Check
Mode Camera recording and playback
Signal 400Hz, –66dBs signal: MIC jack leftand right
Measurement Point Audio left or right terminal of AUDIOjack
Measuring Instrument Audio distortion meter
Specified Value Below 0.4%(200Hz to 6kHz BPF ON)
Checking Method:1) Input the 400Hz, –66dBs signal in the MIC jack.2) Record in the camera mode.3) Playback the recorded section.4) Check that the distortion is the specified value.
4. Overall Noise Level Check
Mode Camera recording and playback
Signal No signal: Insert a shorting plug in theMIC jack
Measurement Point Audio left or right terminal of AUDIOjack
Measuring Instrument Audio level meter
Specified Value Below –45dBs(IHF-A filter ON, 20kHz LPF ON)
Checking Method:1) Insert a shorting plug in the MIC jack.2) Record in the camera mode.3) Playback the recorded section.4) Check that the noise level is the specified value.
5. Overall Separation Check
Mode Camera recording and playback
Signal 400Hz, –66dBs signal: MIC jack<right> [left](Connect the MIC jack <left> [right]to GND)
Measurement Point Audio <left> [right] terminal ofAUDIO jack
Measuring Instrument Audio level meter
Specified Value Below –40dBs (IHF-A filter ON)
< > : Left channel check[ ] : Right channel check
Checking Method:1) Input the 400Hz, –66dBs signal in the <right> [left] terminal
of the MIC jack only.2) Record in the camera mode.3) Playback the recorded section.4) Check that the signal level of the audio <left> [right] terminal
is the specified value.
5-57
5-4. SERVICE MODE
4-1. ADJUSTMENT REMOTE COMMANDERThe adjustment remote commander is used for changing thecalculation coefficient in signal processing, EVR data, etc. Theadjustment remote commander performs bi-directionalcommunication with the unit using the remote commander signalline (LANC). The resultant data of this bi-directional communicationis written in the non-volatile memory.
1. Using the adjustment remote commander1) Connect the adjustment remote commander to the LANC
terminal.2) Set the HOLD switch of the adjustment remote commander to
“HOLD” (SERVICE position). If it has been properlyconnected, the LCD on the adjustment remote commander willdisplay as shown in Fig. 5-4-1.
Fig. 5-4-1
3) Operate the adjustment remote commander as follows.• Changing the page
The page increases when the EDIT SEARCH+ button ispressed, and decreases when the EDIT SEARCH– button ispressed. There are altogether 16 pages, from 0 to F.
• Changing the addressThe address increases when the FF (M) button is pressed,and decreases when the REW (m) button is pressed. Thereare altogether 256 addresses, from 00 to FF.
• Changing the data (Data setting)The data increases when the PLAY (N) button is pressed,and decreases when the STOP (x) button is pressed. Thereare altogether 256 data, from 00 to FF.
• Writing the adjustment dataThe PAUSE button must be pressed to write the adjustmentdata (B, C, D, F, 8 page) in the nonvolatile memory. (Thenew adjusting data will not be recorded in the nonvolatilememory if this step is not performed.)
4) After completing all adjustments, turn off the main powersupply once.
HexadecimalnotationLCD DisplayDecimal notationconversion value
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 A B C D E F
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 A b c d E F
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 101112131415
2. Precautions upon usingthe adjustment remote commander
Mishandling of the adjustment remote commander may erase thecorrect adjustment data at times. To prevent this, it is recommendedthat all adjustment data be noted down before beginning adjustmentsand new adjustment data after each adjustment.
Page Data Address
5-58
4-2. DATA PROCESSThe calculation of the DDS display and the adjustment remotecommander display data (hexadecimal notation) are required forobtaining the adjustment data of some adjustment items. In this case,after converting the hexadecimal notation to decimal notation,calculate and convert the result to hexadecimal notation, and use itas the adjustment data. Indicates the hexadecimal-decimalconversion table.
Hexadecimal-decimal Conversion TableLower digit ofhexadecimal
Upper digit of hexadecimal
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 A(A)
B(b)
C(c)
D(d)
E(E)
F(F)
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
A (A)
B (b)
C (c)
D (d)
E (E)
F (F)
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15
16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31
32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47
48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63
64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 77 76 77 78 79
80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95
96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 111
112 113 114 115 116 117 118 119 120 121 122 123 124 125 126 127
128 129 130 131 132 133 134 135 136 137 138 139 140 141 142 143
144 145 146 147 148 149 150 151 152 153 154 155 156 157 158
174
159
175160 161 162 163 164 165 166 167 168 169 170 171 172 173
177176 178 179 180 181 182 183 184 185 186 187 188 189 190 191
192 193 194 195 196 197 198 199 200 201 202 203 204 205 206 207
208 209 210 211 212 213 214 215 216 217 218 219 220 221 222 223
224 225 226 227 228 229 230 231 232 233 234 235 236 237 238 239
240 241 242 243 244 245 246 247 248 249 250 251 252 253 254 255
0
1
Note: The characters shown in the parenthesis ( ) shown the display on the adjustment remote commander.(Example) If the DDS display or the adjustment remote commander shows BD (bd);
Because the upper digit of the adjustment number is B (b), and the lower digit is D (d), the meeting point “189” of 1 and 2 in the above table is the corresponding decimal number.
0
2
Table. 5-4-1.
5-59
4-3. SERVICE MODE
1. Setting the Test Mode
Page D Address 10
• Before setting the data , select page: 0, address: 01, and set data:01.
• For page D, the data set is recorded in the non-volatile memoryby pressing the PAUSE button of the adjustment remotecommander. In this case, take note that the test mode will not beexited even when the main power is turned off.
• After completing adjustments/repairs, be sure to return the dataof this address to 00, and press the PAUSE button of the adjustmentremote commander.Select page: 0, address: 01, and set data: 00.
2. Emergence Memory Address
Page C Address F4 to FF
When no error occurs in this unit, data “00” is written in the aboveaddresses (F4 to FF). when first error occurs in the unit, the datacorresponding to the error is written in the first emergency address(F4 to F7). In the same way, when the second error occurs, the datacorresponding to the error is written in the second emergency address(F8 to FB). Finally, when the last error occurs, the data correspondingto the error is written in the last emergency address (FC to FF).
Note: After completing adjustments, be sure to initialize the data ofaddresses F4 to FF to “00”.
Initializing method:1) Select page: 0, address: 01, and set data: 01.2) Select page: 3, address: 01, set data: 37, and press the PAUSE
button.3) Select page: 0, address: 01, and set data: 00.
FunctionNormal
Forced camera power ON
Forced VTR power ON
Forced camera + VTR power ON
Forced memory power ON
Data00
01
02
03
05
ContentsEMG code when first error occurs
Upper: MSW code when shift starts when firsterror occursLower: MSW code when first error occurs
Lower: MSW code to be moved when first erroroccurs
EMG code when second error occurs
Upper: MSW code when shift starts when seconderror occursLower: MSW code when second error occurs
Lower: MSW code to be moved when second erroroccurs
EMG code when last error occurs
Upper: MSW code when shift starts when last erroroccursLower: MSW code when last error occurs
Lower: MSW code to be moved when last erroroccurs
AddressF4
F6
F7
F8
FA
FB
FC
FE
FF
2-1. EMG Code (Emergency Code)Codes corresponding to the errors which occur are written inaddresses F4, F8 and FC. The type of error indicated by the codeare shown in the following table.
Emergency TypeNo error
Loading motor emergency during loading
Loading motor emergency during unloading
T reel emergency during normal rotation
S reel emergency during normal rotation
T reel emergency (Short circuit between S reelterminal and T reel terminal)
FG emergency at the start up of the capstan
FG emergency at the start up of the drum
FG emergency during normal rotation of the drum
Code00
10
11
22
23
24
30
40
42
5-60
2-2. MSW CodeMSW when errors occur:Information on MSW (mode SW) when errors occurMSW when movement starts:Information on MSW when movements starts when the mechanism position is moved (When the L motor is moved)MSW of target of movement:Information on target MSW of movement when the mechanism position is moved
11
10
=7
11
11
=F
← UNLOAD
Lock releasedCassette compartment
LS Chassis movement sectionPinch roller pressing
Tension regulator
EJECT BL
10
10
=5
11
11
=F
ULE BL
10
11
=D
11
11
=F
SR BL
10
01
=9
11
11
=F
HL BL
01
11
=E
11
11
=F
LE BL
00
11
=C
11
11
=F
STOP BL
11
01
=B
11
11
=F
RP BL1
10
0=
3
11
11
=F
REW BL
LOAD →Mechanical Position
A (LSB)
B
C
D (MSB)
Position
EJECT
BL
USE
SR
HL
LE
STOP
RP
REW
Code
7
F
5
D
9
E
C
B
3
ContentsPosition at which the cassette component lock is released, at the farthest unload side mechanicallyat which the mechanism can move no further in the UNLOAD direction.
BLANK code, at the boundary between codes.
EJECT completion position. When the cassette is ejected, the mechanism will stop at this position.Cassette IN standby. The guide will start protruding out as the mechanism moves towards theLOAD position.
Code during loading.
Guide loading are performed here.
Current limiter turned off.
Stop position in the loading state. The pinch roller separates, the tension regulator returns, and thebrake is imposed on both reels.
PB, REC, CUE, PAUSE positions. When pinch roller is pressed, and the tension regulator is ON,the mechanism is operating at this position in modes in which normal images are shown.
REW position. The tension regulator is half on. This position is not used except for the REWmode.
5-61
Display on theadjustment
remotecommander
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
A (A)
B (b)
C (c)
D (d)
E (E)
F (F)
Bit valuesbit3or
bit70
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
bit2or
bit60
0
0
0
1
1
1
1
0
0
0
0
1
1
1
1
bit1or
bit50
0
1
1
0
0
1
1
0
0
1
1
0
0
1
1
bit0or
bit40
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1B
Example: If “8E” is displayed on the adjustment remote commander, thebit values for bit7 to bit4 are shown in the A column, and thebit values for bit3 to bit0 are shown in the B column.
Page
Address
bit3 to bit0 discrimination
bit7 to bit4 discrimination
Display on the adjustment remote commander
3. Bit value discriminationBit values must be discriminated using the display data of theadjustment remote commander for following items. Use the tablebelow to discriminate if the bit value is “1” or “0”.
4. Switch check (1)
Page 2 Address 43
Bit0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
FunctionVTR MODE SW (CF-4980 block)
CAM STBY SW (CF-4980 block)
START/STOP SW (CF-4980 block)
EJECT SW (CF-4980 block)
CC DOWN SW (Mechanism chassis)
PHOTO FREEZE SW (CF-4980 block)
PHOTO STBY SW (CF-4980 block)
When bit value=1OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF (UP)
OFF
OFF
When bit value=0ON
ON
ON
ON
ON (DOWN)
ON
ON
Using method:1) Select page: 2, address: 43.2) By discriminating the bit value of display data, the state of the switch can be discriminated.
5-62
Page 2 Address A2 to AA
AddressA2
A3
A4
A5
A6
A7
A8
A9
AA
Remarks
10th place digit and 1st place digit of counted time (decimal digit)
1000th place digit and 100th place digit of counted time (decimal digit)
After setting the clock, set the date of power on next.
FunctionMinutes
Drum rotation counted time (BCD code) Hour (L)
Hour (H)
Year
User initial power on date (BCD code) Month
Day
Final condensation occurrence dateYear
(BCD code)Month
Day
Address
5F(KEY AD8)(IC1104 os)
60(KEY AD0)(IC1104 od)
61(KEY AD1)(IC1104 of)
62(KEY AD2)(IC1104 og)
63(KEY AD3)(IC1104 oh)
64(KEY AD4)(IC1104 oj)
65(KEY AD5)(IC1104 ok)
66(KEY AD6)(IC1104 ol)
67(KEY AD7)(IC1104 <z// )
00 (00 to 0A)PHOTO
(PHOTO REC)(CF-4980)
STOP(FK-076)(S500)
PAUSE(FK-076)(S501)
FADER(FP-189)
REC LEVEL(MK-014)
(S001)
TITLE(CK-093)
(S250)
DISPLAY(CK-093)
(S251)
MEMORYINDEX
(CK-093)(S252)
VOLUME –(FP-196)
19 (0B to 24)CUSTOM PRESET
(MA-386)(S1100)
REW(FK-076)(S502)
FF(FK-076)(S503)
BACK LIGHT(FP-189)
WHITEBALANCE
(MK-014)(S002)
DIGITALEFFECT
(CK-093)(S255)
SELF TIMER(CK-093)
(S253)
MEMORY +(CK-093)
(S254)
VOLUME +(FP-196)
32 (25 to 44)EXECUTE(KP-010)(S550)
PLAY(FK-076)(S504)
SLOW(FK-076)(S505)
SPOT LIGHT(FP-189)
SHUTTER(MK-014)
(S003)
PICTUREEFFECT
(CK-093)(S258)
EXPOSURE(ED-4980)
MEMORY –(CK-093)
(S257)
LCD BRIGHT –(FP-196)
59 (45 to 6E)
REC(FK-076)
(S506,507)
AUDIO DUB(FK-076)(S508)
INDEX(FP-188)
PROGRAM AE(MK-014)
(S004)
MEMORY MIX(CK-093)
(S260)
MENU(FP-194)
MEMORYDELETE
(CK-093)(S259)
LCD BRIGHT +(FP-196)
85 (6F to 9F)
EDITSEARCH+
(FK-076)(S509)
END SEARCH(FK-076)(S510)
FOCUS(INFINITY)
(FP-188)
AUTO LOCK(HOLD)
(MK-014)(S005)
ZEBRA (100%)(CK-093)
(S263)
DATA CODE(CK-093)
(S261)
MEMORYPLAY
(CK-093)(S262)
B8 (A0 to D4)
EDITSEARCH–
(FK-076) (S511)
FOCUS (AUTO)(PUSH AUTO)
(FP-188)
AUTO LOCK(AUTO LOCK)(MK-014)(S005)
ZEBRA (OFF)(CK-093)
(S263)
PANEL CLOSE(FP-197)
PANELREVERSE(FP-197)
DataEE (D5 to FF)
No key input
No key input
No key input
FOCUS(MANUAL)
(FP-188)
AUTO LOCK(OFF)
(MK-014)(S005)
ZEBRA (70%)(CK-093)
(S263)
PANEL OPEN(FP-197)
PANELNORMAL(FP-197)
No key input
5. Switch check (2)
Page 2 Address 5F to 67
Using method:1) Select page: 2, address: 5F to 67.2) By discriminating the display data, the pressed key can be discriminated.
6. Record of Use checkNote: When replacing the drum assembly, initialize the data of address: A2 to AA.
Using method:1) The record of use data is displayed at page: 2, addresses: A2 to AA.
Note: This data will be erased (reset) when the cabinet (R) assy (CK-093 board) is removed.
Initializing method:1) Using the adjustment remote commander, select the object address and set data: 00.
5-63E
7. Record of Self-diagnosis check
Page 2 Address B0 to C6
Address Self-diagnosis code
B0 “Repaired by” code (Occurred 1st time) *1
B1 “Block function” code (Occurred 1st time)
B2 “Detailed” code (Occurred 1st time)
B4 “Repaired by” code (Occurred 2nd time) *1
B5 “Block function” code (Occurred 2nd time)
B6 “Detailed” code (Occurred 2nd time)
B8 “Repaired by” code (Occurred 3rd time) *1
B9 “Block function” code (Occurred 3rd time)
BA “Detailed” code (Occurred 3rd time)
BC “Repaired by” code (Occurred 4th time) *1
BD “Block function” code (Occurred 4th time)
BE “Detailed” code (Occurred 4th time)
C0 “Repaired by” code (Occurred 5th time) *1
C1 “Block function” code (Occurred 5th time)
C2 “Detailed” code (Occurred 5th time)
C4 “Repaired by” code (Occurred the last time) *1
C5 “Block function” code (Occurred the last time)
C6 “Detailed” code (Occurred the last time)
*1 : “01” → “C”, “03” → “E”
Using method:1) The past self-diagnosis codes are displayed at page: 2, addresses: BC to C6. Refer to “SELF-DIAGNOSIS FUNCTION” for detail of
the self-diagnosis code.Note: This data will be erased (reset) when the cabinet (R) assy (CK-093 board) is removed.